Pages

Posts

Roof & Floor Deck

    Industrial/Commercial Cladding

      Light Weight Cladding

        Metal Roofing

          Residential

            Cladding Accessories

              Finishes

                Insulation

                  Plastics

                    Doors & Windows

                      Vents & Louvres

                        Uncategorized

                        Products

                        image of Nordet 36
                        image of Nordet 36
                        image of Nordet 36
                        image of Nordet 36
                        image of Nordet 36
                        image of Nordet 36

                        Nordet 36

                        Proudly made in Quebec at our Drummondville plant, Agway’s Nordet 36 profile is the newest addition to our agricultural product lineup. It is versatile, lightweight, and economical, making it easy to install and a popular profile for large projects. The Nordet 36 profile is a wall cladding for agricultural applications, and captures the classic barn look. It can also be used for liner panel in Industrial applications. For convenience and simplicity, these versatile panels can be installed vertically or horizontally on a wall, and, once installed, are extremely weather resistant and virtually maintenance free. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Nordet 36 profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete cladding solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 26 30 480 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 26 762 1219.2 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        SPECIFIED WEB
                        CRIPPLING DATA(LB)
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        END
                        Pe1
                        END
                        Pe2
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi1
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi2
                        0.0135 0.63 80 0.0194 0.0265 0.0100 57.1 14.3 95.5 16.2
                        0.0180 0.83 33 0.0325 0.0356 0.0147 44.3 11.1 76.0 12.9
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        SPECIFIED WEB
                        CRIPPLING DATA(LB)
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        END
                        Pe1
                        END
                        Pe2
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi1
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi2
                        0.343 3.07 550 0.97 1.42 0.0135 0.83 0.21 1.39 0.24
                        0.457 4.07 230 1.74 1.91 0.0199 0.65 0.16 1.12 0.19
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Trius Residential Wall Cladding

                        Trius Residential Wall Cladding

                        Trius, Agway Metals’ latest breakthrough wall cladding profile combines unmatched durability with aesthetic finesse, elevating your project to new heights. Effortlessly tailor your design with customizable lengths, reaching up to 240 inches (6096 mm). Trius features a hidden fastener system, enhancing its sleek appearance and streamlining installation. This not only elevates its visual appeal but also reduces labour costs and installation time.

                        Coming Soon



                        Trius Residential Wall Cladding

                        Features:

                        • Manufactured in 26 GA. Available in 24 GA on request, check with a sales representative for lead time
                        • Minimum length 36” (914.4 mm), custom lengths 240” (6096 mm) max length
                        • Hidden fastener installation – secure to supports with fasteners in the center of the slots at spacings specified by project engineer (do not over-tighten)
                        • Ease of installation saves on labour
                        • 18” (457.2 mm) Coverage
                        • Uses conventional trims

                        Applications:

                        • Accent Panel
                        • Vertical Wall Installation (with special trims)
                        • Horizontal Wall Installation (Installs bottom to top)

                        Note(s):

                        • Oil canning may be present due to various factors
                        • Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product

                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius

                        Trius

                        Trius, Agway Metals’ latest breakthrough wall cladding profile combines unmatched durability with aesthetic finesse, elevating your project to new heights. Effortlessly tailor your design with customizable lengths, reaching up to 240 inches (6096 mm). Trius features a hidden fastener system, enhancing its sleek appearance and streamlining installation. This not only elevates its visual appeal but also reduces labour costs and installation time.

                        Coming Soon



                        Trius Light Gauge Wall Cladding

                        Features:

                        • Manufactured in 26 GA. Available in 24 GA on request, check with a sales representative for lead time
                        • Minimum length 36” (914.4 mm), custom lengths 240” (6096 mm) max length
                        • Hidden fastener installation – secure to supports with fasteners in the center of the slots at spacings specified by project engineer (do not over-tighten)
                        • Ease of installation saves on labour
                        • 18” (457.2 mm) Coverage
                        • Uses conventional trims

                        Applications:

                        • Accent Panel
                        • Vertical Wall Installation (with special trims)
                        • Horizontal Wall Installation (Installs bottom to top)

                        Note(s):

                        • Oil canning may be present due to various factors
                        • Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product

                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius
                        image of Trius

                        Trius

                        Trius, Agway Metals’ latest breakthrough wall cladding profile combines unmatched durability with aesthetic finesse, elevating your project to new heights. Effortlessly tailor your design with customizable lengths, reaching up to 240 inches (6096 mm). Trius features a hidden fastener system, enhancing its sleek appearance and streamlining installation. This not only elevates its visual appeal but also reduces labour costs and installation time.

                        Coming Soon



                        Trius Commercial Wall Cladding

                        Features:

                        • Manufactured in 26 GA. Available in 24 GA on request, check with a sales representative for lead time
                        • Minimum length 36” (914.4 mm), custom lengths 240” (6096 mm) max length
                        • Hidden fastener installation – secure to supports with fasteners in the center of the slots at spacings specified by project engineer (do not over-tighten)
                        • Ease of installation saves on labour
                        • 18” (457.2 mm) Coverage
                        • Uses conventional trims

                        Applications:

                        • Accent Panel
                        • Vertical Wall Installation (with special trims)
                        • Horizontal Wall Installation (Installs bottom to top)

                        Note(s):

                        • Oil canning may be present due to various factors
                        • Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product

                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of Agway Thermal Clip (ATC)
                        image of Agway Thermal Clip (ATC)
                        image of Agway Thermal Clip (ATC)
                        image of Agway Thermal Clip (ATC)

                        Agway Thermal Clip (ATC)

                        Agway Thermal Clip (ATC) provides support for cladding panels while acting as a thermal break in exterior insulated walls. The clips are made from 16 gauge galvanized steel lined with cork tape, a material known for its insulating properties. The Thermal Clips are paired with Sub Girt L Bars, which are positioned to fit the thickness of the insulation panels and can support vertical and horizontal cladding in a variety of wall compositions. Thermal bridging is prevented by the cork tape facilitating energy saving goals.


                        Span Tables for 4” Agway Thermal Clip (ATC)

                        The spacing shown above are based on the following,

                        1. Analysis of the bracket, girts and mechanical attachments are in general accordance with the National Building Code of Canada (NBCC) using Limit State Design (LSD).
                        2. Thermal Clip: 4” by 4” by 2.5” 16ga. thermally broken clip (ASTM A653 CS Type B, G-90 ( Z275 ), min yield stress = 33ksi).
                        3. Girt Type: 4” x 1-1/2” 16ga. G-90 ( Z275 ) (min yield stress = 33ksi).
                        4. Girt to Thermal Clip Fasteners: (2) # 14 x 1″ Self Drilling Galvanized Screws per bracket.
                        5. Concrete Substrate Anchor: (2) ¼” Tapcon screw anchors (min. embedment = 1-1/2”, f’c = 2000 psi).
                        6. 5 psf [0.24 kN/m2] dead load with exterior face of panel at 5-3/4” when measured from concrete substrate.
                        7. Components were analyzed based on 1.25D + 1.4W load combination using the nominal loads listed above.
                        8. Vertical and horizontal girt deflections limited to 0.125” and L/60 respectively.
                        9. Table 1: Thermal Transmittance of the Evaluated Wall Assembly

                        The table above is intended to provide an estimated allowable spacing for the brackets and is not to be used for construction. Analysis of the bracket, girt and mechanical attachments was conducted by MORRISON HERSHFIELD. Results have not been verified by finite element analysis or testing. Calculations stamped by a licensed engineer should be provided on a project by project basis to ensure all components meet the local code requirements.

                        Example Vertical Wall Assembly

                        Thermal Clip Horizontal Girt Arrangement

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Polyurethane / Polyester
                        image of Polyurethane / Polyester

                        Polyurethane / Polyester

                        Available Colours

                        Polyurethane

                        Polyester

                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Print Series
                        image of Print Series
                        image of Print Series
                        image of Print Series
                        image of Print Series
                        image of Print Series

                        Print Series

                        RepliKote enables architects and designers to create stunningly realistic faux exteriors and interior product application surfaces, while offering significant advantages over other alternatives.

                        Creative Freedom, Unlimited Applications

                        If you can imagine it, you can express it – RepliKote enables designers to easily and convincingly emulate precious metal finishes, exotic woods, natural stone, or virtually any creative imagery. RepliKote’s unique manufacturing technology yields gorgeous pre-finished metals that are totally compatible with conventional fabrication techniques.

                        For architects and builders, the advantages of RepliKote opens a new world of affordable creativity.


                        Available Colours

                        Print Series

                        Fabrication and Installation Advantages

                        1. Offers unique and convincing emulations of real or imagined images, along with considerable economic, environmental and operational advantages
                        2. Ensures the desired visual aesthetics are controllable, consistent and permanent, throughout the entire coil
                        3. Reduces the cost of materials, installation and maintenance
                        4. Is compliant with traditional metal fabrication and installation methods
                        5. Dramatic weight savings reduces cost of transport and installation in addition to up-front material cost savings

                        More Efficient – More Cost Effective!

                        1. Cost effective alternative to exotic metals
                        2. Is easy to clean and virtually maintenance-free

                        Coil Availability

                        1. 24 Gauge
                        2. 22 Gauge

                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Wrinkle Coat
                        image of Wrinkle Coat

                        Wrinkle Coat

                        Wrinkle Coat is a highly durable, textured paint system that brings differentiation and originality to residential, commercial and architectural buildings. Typical applications include roof panels, wall panels and other building accessories.

                        The textured coating gives building products a consistent attractive appearance. It offers superior weatherability with a high resistance to chalking, fading and scratching.


                        Available Colours

                        Wrinkle Coat

                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Barrier Series
                        image of Barrier Series

                        Barrier Series

                        Barrier Series comprises a factory applied primer and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) topcoat. The PVC coating can be applied to both sides of the sheet in thicknesses of 100mm, 200mm or 300mm. Typically Barrier Series coated steel is used in more aggressive industrial applications where the environments are harsher than typical industrial locations.


                        Available Colours

                        Barrier Series

                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series
                        image of Metallic / Elite Series

                        Metallic / Elite Series

                        Available Colours

                        Metallic Series

                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series
                        image of 10000 Series

                        10000 Series

                        The 10000 Series is a 2-coat system based on the Kynar 500 resin system. 10000 Series colours are used primarily on more prestigious applications and thus they are typically used less frequently than Perspectra Series colours. This system has superior colour retention and formability properties but, because it requires 2 passes through the paint line, 10000 Series colours are more expensive than the Perspectra Series.


                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™
                        image of Perspectra Plus Series™

                        Perspectra Plus Series™

                        Perspectra Plus Series™ is the next generation in our Perspectra Series® paint system. Perspectra Plus Series™ is now even more resistant to chalk, fade, chemical degradation and scratching. It uses state of the art Silicone Modified Polyester (SMP) technology and a new resin backbone which provides enhanced performance to end-users. The proven benefits include superior colour fade resistance to weathering, improved gloss retention and maximum hardness against scratching. The Quality and Performance specification offers 40 years of film integrity and 30 years of stringent colour fade and chalk values for building industry applications like roofing and cladding across Canada and the continental US. Perspectra Plus Series™ is available on hot dip galvanized and on highly corrosion resistant Galvalume™ (55% Aluminum – 45% Zinc alloy coating).


                        Available Colours

                        Perspectra Plus Series™

                         

                        Exotics

                        Colour Matching

                        Colour can vary slightly between paint batches and production runs. As well, different paint systems will weather differently over extended periods of time. To improve colour matching and minimize the risk of varying colours on a building, we recommend:

                        1. Order enough material of each colour from one supplier to complete the project
                        2. Cross reference previous orders if additional material is required for a project
                        3. If replacing damaged sheets, try to use other existing sheets in the repair area and install new sheets all in one elevation

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Pipe Flashings
                        image of Pipe Flashings

                        Product Sheet

                        Pipe Flashings

                        Agway’s product line includes pipe flashing for new and retro fit installations, available in silicone for hot pipe applications.


                        pipe flashings

                        MODEL QUANTITY PIPE BASE OPENING
                        NUMBER PER BOX  SIZE SIZE SIZE
                        1 15 1/4″ – 2″ 4 1/2″ Closed
                        2 15 1 1/4″ – 3″ 6″ 7/8″
                        3 15 1/4″ – 3″ 8″ Closed
                        4 10 3″ – 6″ 10″ 2 1/2″
                        5 10 4″ – 7″ 11″ 3 1/2″
                        6 10 5″ – 9″ 12″ 4″
                        7 10 6″ – 11″ 14″ 5″
                        8 5 7″ – 13″ 17″ 6″
                        Retro-Fit 5 1/2″ – 4″ 8″

                         

                        Stocked in Black.  Other colours available on Special Order.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Sealants
                        image of Sealants

                        Product Sheet

                        Sealants

                        Agway’s product line includes tube caulking for plastic and metal applications. Sealants are offered in a variety of colours to match the steel colour on your project. Agway can also provide sealants in tape format.


                        sealants

                        Tube Caulking

                        TREMFLEX Acrylic Latex Sealant (used for Plastic Products), White only

                        NOVAFLEX (Low V.O.C. Sealant)

                         

                        SEALANT COLOUR USE WITH STEEL COLOUR
                        MR105 White White/Cambridge White  28317 White White & 28695 Cambridge White
                        MR110 Black 28262 Black & 60039 Jet Black
                        MR121 Dark Brown/Graphite Grey 28229 Dark Brown & 60035 Graphite Grey
                        MR126 Charcoal 28306 Charcoal & 7040 Charcoal
                        MR131 Coffee/Sepia Brown 28326 Coffee & 60041 Sepia Brown
                        MR134 Sable 7045 Sable
                        MR150 Translucent Any
                        MR156 Stone Grey/Pebble Khaki 28305 Stone Grey & 28129 Pebble-Khaki
                        MR169 Melcher’s (Forest) Green 28307 Melcher’s Green & 7044 Forest Green
                        MR171 Heron Blue 28330 Heron Blue
                        MR182 Colonial Red 7041 Colonial Red
                        MR196 Bright Red 28386 Bright Red
                        MR3333 Tan 28315 Tan
                        MR3461 Antique Linen 28696 Antique Linen
                        MR3514 Regent Grey 28730 Regent Grey
                        MR3801 Slate Blue 28260 Slate Blue
                        MR1403 Silver 2624 Bright Silver, 0001 Galvalume, 7500 Silver, 2897 Light Pewter
                        MR101 Bright White 28783 Bright White
                        MR137 Metro Brown 28228 Metro Brown
                        MR157 Copper 3234 Copper Metallic
                        MR180 Burgundy 28011 Burgundy
                        MR195 Royal Blue 28790 Brite Blue

                         

                        Butyl Tape

                        • 1/16″ x 1/4″ x 50′ Roll (Grey)
                        • 3/32″ x 1/2″ x 45′ Roll (Grey)
                        • 1/8″ x 3/8″ x 25′ Roll (Grey)

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Closures
                        image of Closures

                        Product Sheet

                        Closures

                        Agway’s product line includes a complete line of foam and metal closures, both foam and metal closures can accommodate most of the profiles manufactured by Agway.


                        Foam Closures

                        Large Tab Closure

                        • All complete with tape unless noted otherwise

                         

                        DESCRIPTION* LENGTH
                        Century Rib 36″
                        Diamond Rib 36″
                        DR6-75 36″
                        Lo-Rib 37.55″
                        4-150 / 3-150 36″
                        8-175 / 7-175 (no tape) 36″
                        6-150 / 7-150 36″
                        Optimum Rib 36″
                        CH-32 (/ CH-6-32 (no tape) 32″
                        7/8” Corrugated (no adhesive) 37.24″
                        Vented Century Rib (Residential) 36″
                        RD75-150 24″
                        RD75-200 24″
                        RD75-300 24″

                         

                        Small Tab Closure

                        • All complete with tape unless noted otherwise

                         

                        DESCRIPTION* LENGTH
                        Century Rib 36″
                        Diamond Rib 36″
                        DR6-75
                        4-150 / 3-150 36″
                        8-175 / 7-175 (no tape) 36″
                        6-150 / 7-150 36″
                        Optimum Rib 36″
                        CH-32 / CH6-32 (no tape) 36″
                        7/8” Corrugated (no tape) 37.24″
                        RD75-150 24″
                        RD75-200 32″
                        RD75-300 36″

                         

                        Universal Closure

                        1″ x 1.5″ x 20′ Foam Closure Roll c/w adhesive

                        Metal Closures

                        metal closures

                        • Metal Closures are available in all profiles
                        • Exceptions:
                          • 7/8″ Corrugated
                          • Optimum Rib
                          • Century Rib
                          • Lo-Rib
                        • 26 ga., Galvanized or Prepainted

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Trims
                        image of Trims

                         

                        Trim Overview

                        SizePieces / CartonDesignWall&Ceiling
                        Board
                        SlatWallRibCore
                        J Trim
                        (*3/4" Grey Special Order)
                        10'50
                        Inside Cove Corner10'25
                        H Channel Snap-In Kit10'20
                        Outside Corner10'25 or 50
                        Outside Corner Rounded (*Special Order)10'15
                        F Trim
                        (*Grey Special Order)
                        10'50
                        Base Trim10'50
                        45° H Channel
                        (*Grey Special Order)
                        10'25
                        SlatWall Top Cap8'50

                         


                         

                        Snap-In Trims

                        The newest addition to the Trusscore trim lineup.

                        Trusscore’s Snap-in trims are the latest evolution in our products. Designed to offer a quicker, easier, and more accurate installation experience, we’re confident that installers will love the improvements they bring to their job site.

                        • Superior installation experience
                        • Install trims 2 times faster
                        • Easily determine accurate installation position of trim on the wall
                        • Easily ensure proper expansion and contraction spacing between trim and board
                        • Quickly review and inspect board spacing by detaching the cap after project completion
                        • Durable design that will last

                        H Channel and U Channel


                        Components Assembled

                         


                         

                        Installation

                        INSTALL ORDER
                        When installing walls, the following trims should be installed before the panels:

                        • Bottom of wall – J Trim or Base Trim
                        • Top of Wall – J Trim or Inside Cove Corner
                        • Perimeter of doors and windows – J Trim

                        Note: Large & Small Outside Corners must be installed after your Wall&CeilingBoard, SlatWall or RibCore panels are installed

                        FASTENERS
                        Wood – #10 x 1-1/4” Truss or Pancake Head screws
                        Concrete – 3/16” x 1-1/4” Flathead screw (Tapcon)

                        Use only corrosion-resistant (galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum) screws with a minimum head diameter of 3/8”. The recommended fastener length is 1-1/4” for wood studs or masonry, 1-1/2” or 2” for drywall installation, and 2-1/2” if furring strips are used for strapping.

                        Note: Large & Small Outside Corners are the exception. They are installed with silicone caulk adhesive to avoid visible fasteners.

                        CUTTING
                        Tin snips are the safest and easiest tool to use when cutting trims. For a cleaner cut, avoid closing the blades at the end of a stroke.

                        SPACING
                        It is essential that a minimum of 1/4” clearance is left at the ends of all panels and trims to allow for expansion and contraction.

                        WET APPLICATIONS (Carwash, Etc.)
                        Base trim should be used at the bottom of walls in wet applications. Alternatively, J Trim can be used if ¼” diameter holes are drilled every 16” in the bottom of the trim for drainage.

                        Trims

                        Trim for Wall&CeilingBoard / SlatWall / RibCore

                        Trims add the perfect touch to any project by providing a functional and distinctive design element—bringing your project to life. Trusscore provides a comprehensive assortment of trims to meet all your project needs.

                        At Trusscore, ease of installation is one of our core principles; that’s why we’ve added snap-in trims to our trim portfolio. Snap-in trims make installation a breeze for do-it-yourselfers and contractors alike by making the process quicker and easier. Before you start your next project, familiarize yourself with the Trusscore trim options available, and make your project clean, beautiful, and secure.


                         

                        J Trim

                        J Trim is our most versatile trim. It’s used with multiple products and can be used in a variety of applications.

                        j trim render and measurements

                        USE

                        Top/bottom of walls
                        Window/door perimeter
                        Inside corners
                        SlatWall framing

                        PRODUCT #

                        1/2” White J Trim – AG035000100000
                        1/2” Grey J Trim – AG03500010GREY
                        3/4” White J Trim – AG076100000000
                        3/4” Grey J Trim* – AG07610000GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 50
                        Length: 10’

                        *Special Order: FULL CARTON ONLY or add $25.00 repackaging fee per item

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore
                        (1/2”) (3/4”) (3/4”)

                         

                        H Channel Snap-In Trim Kit

                        The H Channel Trim is designed to safely accommodate any panel expansion or contraction in a safe way that preserves the beauty of your project.

                        USE

                        Panel joints
                        Product transitions

                        PRODUCT #

                        White – AG040000840000
                        Grey – AG04000084GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 20
                        Length: 10’

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        Inside Cove Corner

                        Our cove style inside corner is a clean and stylish option to complete the inside corners on your project.

                        USE

                        Inside corners
                        Top / bottom of wet walls

                        PRODUCT #

                        White – AG040000100000
                        Grey – AG04000010GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 25
                        Length: 10’

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        Outside Corner Rounded

                        Rounded outside corners are designed to form smooth, bullnosed outside corners for applications that require a softer touch.

                        USE

                        Outside corners

                        PRODUCT #

                        White* – AG039000010000
                        Grey* – AG03900001GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 15
                        Length: 10’

                        *Special Order: FULL CARTON ONLY or add $25.00 repackaging fee per item

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        Outside Corner

                        Outside corners are a standard for any wall installation.These tried-and-true trims neatly complete any wall.

                        USE

                        Outside corners
                        Window trim

                        PRODUCT #

                        Large
                        White – AG037000110000
                        Grey – AG03700011GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 50 Sm | 25 Lg
                        Length: 10’

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        Base Trim

                        A transition trim that can be used to address the transition between wall panels and the floor of a room.

                        USE

                        Bottom wall transitions

                        PRODUCT #

                        White – AG038000100000
                        Grey – AG03800010GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 50
                        Length: 10’

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        F Trim

                        F trim is designed for specialized Wall&CeilingBoard applications that include soffit or bulkheads. For RibCore, it will complete your corners.

                        USE

                        Soffit/bulkhead transitions
                        RibCore inside/outside corners

                        PRODUCT #

                        1/2” White – AG033000100000
                        1/2” Grey* – AG03300010GREY
                        3/4” White – AG077000000000

                        Pieces per carton: 50
                        Length: 10’

                        *Special Order: FULL CARTON ONLY or add $25.00 repackaging fee per item

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        45° H Channel

                        45° H Channel is perfect for instances where two walls come together at an angle, allowing installers to adequately cover the transition between panels.

                        USE

                        Wall to ceiling transition
                        Ceiling to ceiling transitions

                        PRODUCT #

                        White – AG034000100000
                        Grey* – AG03400010GREY

                        Pieces per carton: 25
                        Length: 10’

                        *Special Order: FULL CARTON ONLY or add $25.00 repackaging fee per item

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore

                         

                        SlatWall Top Cap

                        Top caps provide a clean finish to the top of a SlatWall panel assembly. This prevents dust and dirt from accumulating behind your SlatWall panels.​​

                        USE

                        Top of SlatWall installations

                        PRODUCT #

                        White – AG040000810000

                        Pieces per carton: 50
                        Length: 8’

                        SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
                        Wall&CeilingBoard SlatWall RibCore
                           

                        Measurement Type


                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall
                        image of TempWall

                         

                        TempWall Installation

                        Lightweight and easy to work with, TempWall modular wall systems require no special training or tools to install. For detailed installation instructions, download the installation guide or watch the full installation video.

                         

                         


                         

                        Applications

                        Healthcare

                        Hospitals, healthcare centers, and long term care facilities have used TempWall to create isolation spaces, waiting areas, and easy to clean, rapidly deployed rooms.

                         

                        Retail & Small Business

                        Retail stores, dentist offices, and other businesses have used TempWall to create dividers between staff and customers or patients. The light-weight and easily configurable antimicrobial walls are a quick solution to physical distancing requirements.

                        TempWall

                        TempWall by Trusscore is a hospital-grade, temporary modular wall system that is quick and easy to install, re-configure, and remove. It’s a fast and flexible instant wall solution to create temporary spaces.


                         

                        TempWall Features & Benefits

                        • Easy to assemble – comes in ready-to-assemble modules with required hardware
                        • Antimicrobial coating making it inhospitable to germs
                        • Rapid installation – quickly create temporary spaces that are more durable and effective than curtains
                        • Hospital-friendly installation – temporary wall panels install quietly, without dust or debris
                        • Flexible solution – multiple panel configurations are possible to suit your needs
                        • 99.9% antiviral efficacy against SARS-CoV-2 surrogate (more info)
                        • Easy to clean – use standard soap, cleaning agents or disinfectants without impacting the finish
                        • Impact resistant – heavy-duty temp wall panels stand up to the most demanding environments
                        • Chemical resistant – temporary walls stand up to any cleaners required in healthcare facilities
                        • Environmentally sustainable – temporary dividers are 100% recyclable with zero cut-off waste

                         


                         

                        Configurations and Measurements

                        Double-U

                        U-Shape

                        Single Walls

                        The free-standing modular panels come ready to assemble, allowing for a clean and quiet setup with no dust or debris. The non-porous, smooth panels are easy to clean and maintain, heavy-duty, and impact resistant – designed to withstand the most demanding environments.

                        With many configurations possible, quickly and easily divide your existing internal space to suit your needs. Install as a single standalone barrier, combined continuously to create a linear wall, or at a 90 degree angle to create individual spaces.

                        tempwall showing a 3 room configuration. room size 10 foot by 5 foot.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore
                        image of RibCore

                        Product Sheet

                        RibCore

                        RibCore by Trusscore is a high-strength PVC corrugated panel that is long-lasting, cost effective, and simple to install and maintain. Ideal for a broad range of agricultural, commercial, and industrial applications, including: drive sheds, warehouses, public bathrooms and showers, garages, agricultural pole barns and facilities, horse stables, and dog kennels. RibCore corrugated PVC panels can be used for ceiling or wall applications.


                         

                        RibCore Features and Benefits

                        • White high-strength PVC corrugated sheet
                        • Compliant with USDA/FDS, CFIA, and CGMP requirement for use in food production and processing facilities
                        • Bright high gloss finish
                        • Superior light reflectivity
                        • Easily cleaned – pressure wash
                        • Cuts easily with hand or power saws
                        • Reversible profile
                        • Great alternative to metal or wood – will not rot or rust
                        • Easy to install and easy to clean
                        • Long-lasting and cost-effective
                        • Made in Canada

                        Measurement Type


                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock
                        image of NorLock

                         

                        Easy Installation

                        NorLock by Trusscore panels feature a tongue and groove installation system that requires no special tools or training to install. Making it quick and easy to install for do-it-yourselfers and professionals alike.

                        Watch the video for an overview on how to install NorLock freestanding divider planks in facilities for interior walls and partitions.

                        For step-by-step instructions on how to install NorLock by Trusscore, download the installation manual.

                         

                         


                         

                        Applications

                        norlock wall panel application, agricultural. pen walls and doors in a barn.

                        Agriculture

                        Superior anti-bacterial performance for sanitary requirements make NorLock divider planks an ideal solution for many animal containment and agriculture applications.

                         

                        norlock wall panel application, commercial. partial walls in a car wash.

                        Commercial

                        With high strength and durability, NorLock divider planks fit in commercial applications like car washes, dog kennels, and processing plants.

                         

                        norlock wall panel application, healthcare. temporary cubicles in a hockey arena.

                        Healthcare

                        NorLock by Trusscore divider planks are a versatile and cost-effective healthcare building solution, uniquely designed for superior strength and durability, requiring no secondary reinforcement. Allows for quick and easy creation of isolated spaces that are easy to clean.

                         

                        Benefits

                        Strength & Durability
                        The uniquely durable and abuse-resistant structures of Trusscore paneling products make them ideal for both walls and ceilings of agricultural, commercial and healthcare facilities.

                        An industry-leading 1/2 inch thick panel with unique inner webs withstands frequent bumps and abuse, giving Trusscore products an outstanding strength not found in thinner panels.

                        Superior Antibacterial Performance
                        Trusscore’s lineup of liner panels offers a chemical resistant and sanitary alternative to conventional systems, meeting the rigorous standards of CFIA (Canada) and FDA & USDA (US) requirements for walls and ceilings.

                        Easy-To-Clean Watertight Design
                        Easily power wash with soap and water or bleach for easy sanitation and a bright, clean appearance that repels & drains water easily without holding moisture in the panels. Perfect for facilities that must be cleaned frequently, like car wash bays.

                        Cost-Effective
                        With a finished cost that’s comparable to other construction materials, while never needing replacing, repainting, or refinishing, Trusscore’s sanitary wall & ceiling panel systems ensure a lifetime of savings.

                        NorLock

                        NorLock by Trusscore are freestanding divider planks, used in facilities for both interior walls and partitions. Uniquely designed for superior strength, low-maintenance, and abuse-resistant.

                        The durable planking is able to withstand the extra weight of items fastened directly to it. Ideal product for livestock facilities and animal containment, healthcare facilities, food processing plants, car washes, and dog kennels.

                        The non-porous smooth planks are easy to clean and maintain, heavy-duty, and impact resistant designed to withstand the most demanding environments.


                         

                        NorLock Features and Benefits

                        • No external support necessary
                        • Tight-fitting tongue and groove
                        • Non-porous surface is easy to clean
                        • Able to structurally support heavy items directly affixed
                        • Openings can be cut directly into NorLock
                        • Planks and walls
                        • High impact tested
                        • Lightweight and strong panels for easier transport and installation
                        • Available in multiple widths & lengths, including one-piece creep for hog applications
                        • No waste
                        • Environmentally sustainable – 100% recyclable
                        • Bright white appearance with UV stabilizers to prevent discoloring and cracking
                        • Full range of planking accessories
                        • Made in Canada

                         


                         

                        Norlock Panel Styles

                        Interlocking

                        Flat Top/Bottom

                         


                         

                        Available Trims and Accessories

                        Measurement Type


                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall
                        image of SlatWall

                         

                        SlatWall Installation

                        See how easy it is to install

                        Trusscore SlatWall installs with screws and a simple tongue and groove connection system that do-it-yourselfers and professionals alike can install quickly.

                        The boards feature a pre-punched flange and hidden fasteners that provide a smooth, beautiful surface on your wall or ceiling.

                         

                        SlatWall

                        A wall storage system that adds storage capacity and organization to any space.

                        Trusscore SlatWall is a heavy-duty wall storage solution designed to organize your home, office, or workspace.

                        SlatWall panels add storage capacity and organization when installed in any commercial or do-it-yourself space. A SlatWall organizer is easy-to-install and allows anyone to quickly improve the look and function of their room.


                         

                        SlatWall Features & Benefits

                        • Superior Durability – better scratch, dent and damage resistance than MDF
                        • High-strength storage – support up to 75 lbs per square foot with residential, commercial or garage slatwall panels
                        • Easy to clean – use standard soap or cleaning agents without impacting the finish
                        • Sanitary surface – plastic slatwall won’t support the growth of mold or bacteria
                        • Moisture resistant – PVC slatwall panels can be used in any wet location and won’t deteriorate
                        • Chemical resistant – stands up to cleaners required in commercial food/agriculture facilities
                        • Integrates with Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard – create a seamless wall organization system
                        • Easy to install – Interlocking panel system with pre-punched flange is quick and simple for DIY or professional installers
                        • Hidden fasteners – slatwall board design provides a beautiful finish for your organized space
                        • Available in white and gray – match or compliment any project you design
                        • Bright clean appearance – high reflectivity reduces the need for light fixtures
                        • Full accessory assortment – hooks, baskets and shelves offer endless organizational possibilities – view our SlatWall Accessories page
                        • Flexible – Accessories can be moved at will when storage requirements change
                        • Non-proprietary design – supports accessories from any standard slatwall (or slotwall) hanging system with 3” slats

                         


                         

                        SlatWall Accessories
                        Turn your walls into a complete organization solution

                        SlatWall accessories are the cornerstone of any organization project.

                        Our full range of SlatWall hardware, including: SlatWall Single Hooks, Double Hooks, Bike Hooks, Hose Hooks, and SlatWall Mesh Baskets and Wall Shelving, offers endless organizational possibilities for your residential, agricultural, or commercial storage project. If you’re looking for an organized, accessible solution, the Trusscore SlatWall system is clean, easy to install, and has the flexibility and versatility to meet all your storage needs.

                         

                        SlatWall Accessories Features & Benefits

                        • Locking Mechanism – ensures that SlatWall hangers don’t pop out when items are removed
                        • High-Quality Appearance – black, powder-coated finish is a great contrast to SlatWall’s white or gray appearance
                        • High-Strength – when used in conjunction with SlatWall panels, the steel SlatWall hanging brackets support up to 75lbs per square foot
                        • Easy to Install – slat board wall accessories attach with little effort, making them simple to move
                        • Safety – hanging bikes and putting chemicals and tripping hazards on shelves ensures they’re out of harms way
                        • Flexibility – Accessories can be moved at will when storage requirements change
                        • Non-Proprietary Design – can be used with any standard 3″ slatwall product
                        • Versatility – use this wall organizer to store everything from bikes with SlatWall bike hooks in the winter to shovels with double hooks in the summer, organize your home office and give your pantry a clean look all year-round

                         

                        SlatWall Accessories List*

                        18” Basket

                        24” Shelf

                        Double Hooks (Available 4” and 6”)

                        Single Hooks (Available 4” and 6”)

                        Hose Hooks

                        Bike Hooks

                        *Special Order: FULL CARTON ONLY or add $25.00 repackaging fee per item

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard
                        image of Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard

                         

                        Wall&CeilingBoard Installation

                        Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard installs with screws and a simple tongue and groove connection system that do-it-yourselfers and professionals alike can install quickly.

                        The boards feature a pre-punched flange and hidden fasteners that provide a smooth, beautiful surface on your wall or ceiling.

                         

                         


                         

                        Planning your project?

                        Click the following link to use Trusscore’s material estimator tool to help you plan your project and estimate the material required to suit your needs.

                        ESTIMATOR TOOL

                        Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard

                        PVC wall and ceiling panels that are easy to clean, low-maintenance, and abuse-resistant.

                        Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard is designed with a high-strength polymer formulation and engineered to be the perfect alternative to traditional Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic and drywall systems.

                        Trusscore’s tongue and groove interlocking system makes installation quick and easy, and the unique truss design provides industry-leading strength and durability. Where you need a smooth finish that is easy to clean, low-maintenance, and abuse-resistant, Trusscore Wall&CeilingBoard has your project covered.


                         

                        Wall&CeilingBoard Features & Benefits

                        • 1/2 inch thick panel – industry leading thickness combined with unique truss design provides high strength and rigidity
                        • Superior Durability – scratch, dent and damage resistance makes wall and ceiling board a great drywall alternative
                        • Easy to clean – use standard soap, detergents, or common disinfectants without impacting the finish
                        • Sanitary surface – plastic wall panels won’t support the growth of mold or bacteria
                        • Moisture resistant – create waterproof walls that can be used in any wet location and won’t deteriorate
                        • Chemical resistant – stands up to cleaners required in commercial food/agriculture facilities
                        • Easy to install – interlocking pvc wall panels are quick and simple for DIY or professional installers
                        • Hidden fasteners – design provides a beautiful, smooth finish on your wall or ceiling
                        • Available in white and gray (Pantone 427 CP) – match or compliment any project you design
                        • Bright clean appearance – high reflectivity of vinyl panels reduces the need for light fixtures
                        • Supports attic insulation loads – PVC ceiling panels provide strength and beauty as a ceiling cover
                        • Economical – PVC panels are a cost-effective alternative to fiberglass reinforced plastic panels or painted drywall
                        • Available in standard and custom lengths – Wall&CeilingBoard can be tailored to your project size
                        • Complementary trims – wide range of trims available to complete your vinyl wall covering
                        • Class A Fire Rating – allow for uses throughout a building (in sprinklered or un-sprinklered applications)

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels

                        Flat Lock Panels

                        The design of Agway Metals Flat Lock Wall and  Roofing Panels is based on a modular panel system which results in delivering a more traditional rectangular design. The versatile panel is available in various sizes which allows the option to mix and match in order to create a more unique design. The Flat Lock panel system utilizes concealed clips and fasteners which results in a more appealing and attractive panel exposure.

                        The versatility of the Flat Lock panel allows for very fast and easy installation which makes it very affordable for residential as well as commercial use.


                        Flat Panel Size

                        Flat Lock Panels are available in standard sizes with a horizontal coverage of 36” (914 mm) and a vertical coverage of 16” (406 mm) allowing for a 1” (25 mm) hem. The actual coverage area would be 33” x 13” (838 mm x 76 mm).

                        Flat Panel Weight

                        Flat Lock panels are available in 26 and 24 gauge.

                        Available Material

                        Rheinzink, Plain or Prepainted Steel, Indaten, aluminum and copper.

                        Available Colours

                        With a choice of over 40 stock and special colours available including the Perspectra Plus Series, KYNAR 500 and the GraniteDeep Mat colours you have a wide variety of colour and design options available to you.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib

                        Optimum Rib

                        A very popular profile for residential roof applications, our economical, easy-to-install, Optimum Rib lightweight panels add a professionally finished look to the exterior of any structure. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Optimum Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories provides a complete cladding solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 30 780 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 762 1981 915

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0126 0.0099 0.0083
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0167 0.0144 0.0110
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0220 0.0198 0.0146
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.343 3.46 550 0.676 0.533 0.0113
                        0.457 4.52 230 0.895 0.772 0.0150
                        0.610 5.94 230 1.18 1.07 0.0199
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™
                        image of Indaten™

                        Indaten™

                        Indaten™ Weathering Steel. A Perfect Blend of Strength and Raw Beauty

                        Weathering steels are versatile and intended for exterior building use in façades or roof applications seeking the modern concept that architecture and infrastructure should blend with natural and urban landscapes. In both new and refurbishment projects, weathering steels create an innovative and unique aspect. Weathering steel for cladding can be shaped into a wide range of geometries, including roll formed and single sheet panels.

                        Using decades of experience with corrosion resistance mechanisms, ArcelorMittal has developed a cold rolled weathering grade known as Indaten™ for steel building panels that will satisfy the requirements of ASTM A606 Type 4.


                        Development of the Patina

                        A unique aspect of weathering steels is the exposed surface changes over time. It transitions from its initial dark grey mill finish to an orange patina in a matter of weeks. The patina continues to evolve, reaching its final dark brown colour after several years – dependent on local weather conditions. Its distinct brownish, non-uniform patina, with coarse texturing, means weathering steel will integrate perfectly into both urban and natural environments.

                        For the best results weathering steels must be exposed to alternating wet/dry cycles, with no permanent wet or damp conditions, such as contact with stagnant water, constant humidity, sheltered damp locations, soil or covered by vegetation. Aggressive atmospheres, such as distances within two kilometres of coastal waters, should be avoided as the high concentrations of chlorides are detrimental to the patina layer leading to an increased rate of corrosion. Atmospheric pollution and industrial fumes, particularly sulfur dioxide, will also negatively affect the patina and increase the corrosion rate.

                        During patina formation on weathering steel, small amounts of corrosion products (rust) are washed out by rainfall. The amount of corrosion product leached out by rainfall diminishes over time, but never stops completely and can lead to staining of neighbouring material. Special design considerations for the structure are needed to ensure that any discoloured rainwater is properly collected and directed away from exposed surfaces. The corrosion product consists mainly of stable iron oxide which is not harmful to the environment, vegetation or wildlife.

                        indaten lifecycle

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip

                        Product Sheet

                        Nail Strip

                        Agway’s Nail Strip panel system offers variable panel widths, two rib heights and easy installation, making it the ideal choice for seasoned contractors or do-it-yourselfers. Using a continuous nail strip that requires no seamer, Agway’s Nail Strip systems facilitate easy installation, making them a popular choice for residential, agricultural or commercial projects.

                        Whether you choose a profile from our Nail Strip, Standing Seam, or Snap Lock roof cladding systems, the result will be a stunning, architecturally distinctive roof that installs easily and has no exposed fasteners. All these durable Agway roof cladding products are available in a full range of stock colours, in variable panel widths, and with optional stiffening flutes. All require a single skin application and must be applied over a solid substrate and waterproof membrane. Knee Caps are also available (same changes as above).


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Continuous nail strip
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        NS 25 3/12 – 12/12 0.0236” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″
                        NS38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.0236” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For NS25 or NS38 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 48”

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE NS25 NS38
                        24 19.56″ 18.56″

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is a naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet metal
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Fasteners at maximum 2′ centres
                        • Snap-in-place design

                        Side Lap Detail

                        side lap detail

                        Overlap Construction

                        image of ovrlap construction

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Continuous nail strip
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        NS 25 3/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm
                        NS38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For NS25 or NS38 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 1,219 mm

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE NS25 NS38
                        24 497 mm 471 mm

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is a naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet metal
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Fasteners at maximum 2′ centres
                        • Snap-in-place design

                        Side Lap Detail

                        slide lap detail

                        Overlap Construction

                        image of overlap construction

                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib

                        Optimum Rib

                        A very popular profile for roof applications, our economical, easy-to-install, Optimum Rib lightweight panels add a professionally finished look to the exterior of any structure. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Optimum Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories provides a complete roofing solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural
                        8. Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural
                        8. Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 30 780 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 762 1981 915

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0126 0.0099 0.0083
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0167 0.0144 0.0110
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0220 0.0198 0.0146
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.343 3.46 550 0.676 0.533 0.0113
                        0.457 4.52 230 0.895 0.772 0.0150
                        0.610 5.94 230 1.18 1.07 0.0199
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock

                        Product Sheet

                        Snap Lock

                        Designed for its ease of installation, Agway’s Snap Lock panel system offers variable width panels that install easily – just attach the hold down clip along the panel rib and snap each panel into the previous one. Featuring hidden clips with no exposed fasteners, like Nail Strip, Agway’s Snap Lock Profile is easy to install and, making it a popular choice for a wide range of residential, agricultural or commercial projects.

                        Whether you choose a profile from our Snap Lock, Standing Seam, or Nail Strip roof cladding systems, the result will be a stunning, architecturally distinctive roof that installs easily and has no exposed fasteners. All these durable Agway roof cladding products are available in a full range of stock colours, in variable panel widths, and with optional stiffening flutes. All require a single skin application and must be applied over a solid substrate and waterproof membrane, using clips at a maximum of 2’ centres. Knee Caps are also available (same changes).


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Hidden clips for easy installation
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        SL25 3/12 – 12/12 0.0236″ 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″
                        SL38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.0236 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 2’ centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        • Snap-in place design

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE SL25 SL38
                        24 20.81″ 19.31″

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        Sheet Overlap Detail w/Hold-down

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Hidden clips for easy installation
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        SL25 3/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm
                        SL38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 0.61 m centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        • Snap-in place design

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE SL25 SL38
                        24 529 mm 490 mm

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        Sheet Overlap Detail w/Hold-down

                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima

                        Ultima

                        Ideal for projects requiring a slightly different style while maintaining a more traditional feel. The multi-ribbed design not only provides a more unique aesthetic appeal, but delivers a more organic overall feel as well.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 36" 480" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 914 mm 12.192 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0150 0.73 80 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0180 0.92 33 0.0429 0.0429 0.0136
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0300 1.53 33 0.0758 0.0758 0.0226
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.381 3.56 550 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.457 4.45 230 2.309 2.309 0.0186
                        0.610 5.94 230 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.762 7.42 230 4.077 4.077 0.0308
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4
                        image of LEEDV4

                        LEEDV4

                        LEEDV4 and Steel

                        Designers and builders have long recognized steel for its strength, durability and functionality. An important aspect of steel’s story is its high recycled content and end-of-life recovery rate. Both attributes are recognized by the U.S. Green Building Council’s (USGBC) green building rating system, Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), but steel construction products can contribute to many other LEED credits as well, either directly or indirectly.

                        USGBC’s latest version, LEEDv4, includes a completely revised and expanded Materials and Resources section, with new credits in the areas of life-cycle assessment (LCA), environmental product declarations (EPDs), and overall product transparency.


                        How Can Steel Contribute to a LEED V4 Project?

                        Steel is dimensionally stable and can be fabricated to exact specifications to minimize on-site waste. Its benefits include high strength, durability, material reduction through integrated design, recyclability, decreased maintenance cost and potential adaptive reuse. Steel construction products typically emit no volatile organic compounds (VOCs) on site, which contributes to better indoor air quality. The steel construction products industry has developed a wide range of EPDs which can assist project teams in evaluating environmental life cycle impacts.

                        This fact sheet explores the potential benefits steel construction products can provide to a project seeking LEED certification in accordance with the requirements of LEEDv4 for Building Design and Construction. (NOTE: The italicized text below represents selected excerpts from individual credits within LEEDv4, while commentary is shown in non-italicized, indented text. Please see the official LEEDv4 document for the complete text of these credits.)

                        Sustainable Sites (SS)

                        SS Credit: Site Development – Protect or Restore Habitat (1-2 Points)

                        Intent: Preserve and protect from all development and construction activity 40% of the greenfield area on the site (if such areas exist).

                        • Steel structures and steel components are often manufactured with much of the construction process occurring away from the project site. Reducing the amount of time spent onsite and reducing the need for onsite fabrication may decrease the likelihood of site disturbance.

                        SS Credit: Heat Island Reduction (1-2 Points)

                        Intent: To minimize effects on microclimates and human and wildlife habitats by reducing heat islands.

                        Option 1: Non-roof and Roof (2 points except Healthcare, 1 point Healthcare)

                        Meet the following criterion:

                        criteria for Non-roof and Roof (2 points except Healthcare, 1 point Healthcare)

                        Alternatively, an SRI and SR weighted average approach may be used to calculate compliance.

                        High-Reflectance Roof

                        Use roofing materials that have an SRI equal to or greater than the values in Table 1. Meet the three-year aged SRI value. If three-year aged value information is not available, use materials that meet the initial SRI value.

                        minimum solar reflectance index alue, by roof slope table

                        Option 2: Parking under Cover (1 point)

                        Place a minimum of 75% of parking spaces under cover. Any roof used to shade or cover parking must (1) have a three-year aged SRI of at least 32 (if three-year aged value information is not available, use materials with an initial SRI of at least 39 at installation).

                        • Many steel roofing products are available that meet the solar reflectance and/or SRI criteria in this credit, resulting in reduced cooling loads and lower utility bills. Some of these products utilize reflective pigment technology, which allows for a wider range of colors that meet the LEEDv4 requirements. See Cool Metal Roofing for information on cool metal roofing products. Click here for a complete list of initial and 3-year-aged solar reflectance values for specific steel roof products.

                        Energy and Atmosphere (EA)

                        EA Prerequisite: Minimum Energy Performance (Required)

                        EA Credit: Optimize Energy Performance (1-20 Points)

                        Intent: To achieve increasing levels of energy performance beyond the prerequisite standard to reduce environmental and economic harms associated with excessive energy use.

                        • Because of its dimensional stability, properly designed steel framing can contribute to an exceptionally tight building envelope, resulting in reduced air loss and better building energy performance over time.

                        EA Credit: Renewable Energy Production (1-3 Points)

                        • Steel roofs provide an excellent platform for solar photovoltaic (PV) systems because their expected lifespan equals or exceeds the 20- to 30-year expected life of typical solar PV panels. Additionally, proprietary connection and framing systems are available for mounting PV panels directly to the standing seams of steel roofing panels, eliminating the need for roof penetration attachments.

                        Materials and Resources (MR)

                        MR Prerequisite: Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning

                        Intent: To reduce construction and demolition waste disposed of in landfills and incineration facilities by recovering, reusing, and recycling materials.

                        • Steel construction products can be manufactured and/or fabricated to precise specifications, resulting in minimal job site scrap, all of which can be easily recycled through the existing infrastructure of readily-available scrap processing facilities.

                        MR Credit: Building Life Cycle Impact Reduction (2-6 Points)

                        Intent: To encourage adaptive reuse and optimize the environmental performance of products and materials.

                        Option 1: Historic Building Reuse

                        Option 2: Renovation of Abandoned or Blighted Building

                        Option 3: Building and Material Reuse

                        • The long-life durable nature of steel buildings makes them particularly suitable for renovation and reuse. Bolted or screwed connections present little challenge to disassembly, and welded connections can be cut without distorting or severely limiting reuse of the remaining members. Steel framing systems can provide long spans and large column-free spaces that are adaptable and flexible, and steel partitions can be easily relocated to new positions within the building.

                        Option 4: Whole Building Life Cycle Assessment (3 points)

                        For new construction (buildings or portions of buildings), conduct a life-cycle assessment of the project’s structure and enclosure that demonstrates a minimum of 10% reduction, compared with a baseline building, in at least three of the six impact categories listed below, one of which must be global warming potential. No impact category assessed as part of the life-cycle assessment may increase by more than 5% compared with the baseline building.

                        • In addition to environmental product declarations (EPDs), life cycle inventory (LCI) data is available for nearly all steel construction products, allowing designers to easily complete the whole building life cycle assessment (LCA) process as required by this credit. LCI data for semi-finished steel products (including hot-rolled structural sections and cold-formed steel framing) is available at the Steel Recycling Institute.

                        MR Credit: Building Product Disclosures and Optimization – Environmental Product Declarations (1-2 Points)

                        Option 1: Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) (1 point)

                        Use at least 20 different permanently installed products sourced from at least five different manufacturers that meet one of the disclosure criteria below.

                        • Product-specific declaration
                          • Products with a publicly available, critically reviewed life-cycle assessment conforming to ISO 14044 that have at least a cradle to gate scope are valued as one quarter (1/4) of a product for the purposes of credit achievement calculation.
                        • Environmental Product Declarations which conform to ISO 14025, 14040, 14044, and EN 15804 or ISO 21930 and have at least a cradle to gate scope.
                          • Industry-wide (generic) EPD — Products with third-party certification (Type III), including external verification, in which the manufacturer is explicitly recognized as a participant by the program operator are valued as one half (1/2) of a product for purposes of credit achievement calculation.
                          • Product-specific Type III EPD — Products with third-party certification (Type III), including external verification in which the manufacturer is explicitly recognized as the participant by the program operator are valued as one whole product for purposes of credit achievement calculation.
                        • USGBC approved program – Products that comply with other USGBC approved environmental product declaration frameworks.

                        Option 2: Multi-Attribute Optimization (1 point)

                        Use products that comply with one of the criteria below for 50%, by cost, of the total value of permanently installed products in the project. Products will be valued as below.

                        • Third party certified products that demonstrate impact reduction below industry average in at least three of the following categories are valued at 100% of their cost for credit achievement calculations.
                          • global warming potential (greenhouse gases), in CO2e;
                          • depletion of the stratospheric ozone layer, in kg CFC-11;
                          • acidification of land and water sources, in moles H+ or kg SO2;
                          • eutrophication, in kg nitrogen or kg phosphate;
                          • formation of tropospheric ozone, in kg NOx, kg O3 eq, or kg ethene; and
                          • depletion of nonrenewable energy resources, in MJ.
                        • USGBC approved program — Products that comply with other USGBC approved multi-attribute frameworks.

                        For credit achievement calculation, products sourced (extracted, manufactured, purchased) within 100 miles (160 km) of the project site are valued at 200% of their base contributing cost.

                        Structure and enclosure materials may not constitute more than 30% of the value of compliant building products.

                        • Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs) can be valuable tools for designing environmentally responsible buildings. An EPD is a summary of the results of a life cycle assessment (LCA), which describes the environmental impacts of products in a number of specific categories. Industry-wide EPDs are available for most major categories of North American steel construction products, including cold-formed steel framing (studs and track), structural steel and steel plate, primary and secondary steel frames, steel floor and roof deck, steel joists, and steel roofing and wall cladding products. A list of industry-wide steel product EPDs can be found here. In addition to these industry-wide EPDs, many manufacturers have published product-specific EPDs that may meet the requirements of Option 2.

                        MR Credit: Building Product Disclosure and Optimization – Sourcing of Raw Materials (1-2 Points)

                        Intent: To encourage the use of products and materials for which life cycle information is available and that have environmentally, economically, and socially preferable life cycle impacts. To reward project teams for selecting products verified to have been extracted or sourced in a responsible manner.

                        Option 1: Raw Material Source and Extraction Reporting (1 point)

                        • Products contributing to this credit must have a self-declared report (valued at ½ of a product) or a third-party verified report (valued as a full product) that describes the environmental impacts of extraction operations and activities associated with the manufacturer’s product and the product’s supply chain, using one of the corporate sustainability report (CSR) frameworks listed in the credit, such as the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). Several North American steel producers publish such CSR reports annually. Contact specific steel producers for a copy of their CSR report.

                        Option 2: Leadership Extraction Practices (1 point)

                        Use products that meet at least one of the responsible extraction criteria below for at least 25%, by cost, of the total value of permanently installed building products in the project.

                        • Extended producer responsibility
                        • Bio-based materials
                        • Wood products
                        • Materials reuse
                        • Recycled content – Recycled content is the sum of post-consumer recycled content plus one-half the pre-consumer recycled content, based on cost. Products meeting recycled content criteria are valued at 100% of their cost for the purposes of credit achievement calculation.
                        • USGBC approved program – Other USGBC approved programs meeting leadership extraction criteria.

                        Structure and enclosure materials may not constitute more than 30% of the value of compliant building products.

                        • All steel structures and steel construction products contain significant levels of recycled content. Additionally, many steel products recovered from demolition or refurbishment projects are suitable for reuse. The LEEDv4 Reference Guide (page 535) allows a default value of 25 percent post-consumer recycled content for any steel product. However, some steel products (e.g. structural sections and reinforcing bar) may have recycled content levels as high as 100%. These higher values may be used in the LEED credit calculations if company-specific recycled content information is available from the steel product supplier. As described in the LEEDv4 Reference Guide (page 536), industry-wide or national average recycled content values may not be used in calculations to support achievement of this credit.

                        MR Credit: Building Product Disclosure and Optimization – Material Ingredients (1-2 Points)

                        Option 1: Material Ingredient Reporting (1 point)

                        Use at least 20 different permanently installed products from at least five different manufacturers that use any of the following programs to demonstrate the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000 ppm).

                        • Manufacturer Inventory
                        • Health Product Declaration
                        • Cradle to Cradle
                        • Declare
                        • ANSI/BIFMA e3 Furniture Sustainability Standard
                        • Cradle to Cradle Material Health Certificate
                        • USGBC approved program

                        And/Or

                        Option 2: Material Ingredient Optimization (1 point)

                        Use products that document their material ingredient optimization using the paths below for at least 25%, by cost, of the total value of permanently installed products in the project.

                        • GreenScreen v1.2 Benchmark
                        • Cradle to Cradle Certified
                        • International Alternative Compliance Path – REACH Optimization
                        • USGBC approved program

                        And/Or

                        Option 3: Product Manufacturer Supply Chain Optimization (1 point)

                        • This credit encourages the disclosure of comprehensive ingredient information (Option 1 – 1 point) and optimization of these ingredients (Option 2 – 1 additional point) for a specified number of products. The credit generally applies to end-use products as delivered to the jobsite. Option 1 can be achieved by developing a “… publicly available inventory of all ingredients identified by name and Chemical Abstract Service Registration Number (CASRN)”. Additional compliance options for Option 1 include a Health Product Declaration (HPD), Cradle to Cradle certification, and the Declare label. Compliance with Option 2 requires material ingredient optimization using the GreenScreen v1.2 Benchmark, Cradle to Cradle certification (at higher levels than Option 1), REACH Optimization, or other USGBC approved program. Some steel construction products have met the requirements of Option 1 and/or Option 2, and many others are in the process of meeting these requirements. Contact the specific steel product manufacturer for currently available information.

                        MR Credit: Design for Flexibility (1 Point, Applies to Healthcare Only)

                        Intent: Conserve resources associated with the construction and management of buildings by designing for flexibility and ease of future adaptation and for the service life of components and assemblies.

                        • Cold-formed steel partitions can easily be removed, reused, and/or relocated as part of a building modification. Structural steel framing can be easily modified for changes in loading requirements and/or changes to intended use or occupancy.

                        MR Credit: Construction and Demolition Waste Management (1-2 Points)

                        Option 1. Diversion (1–2 points)

                        Path 1. Divert 50% and Three Material Streams (1 point)

                        Divert at least 50% of the total construction and demolition material; diverted materials must include at least three material streams.

                        Or

                        Path 2. Divert 75% and Four Material Streams (2 points)

                        Divert at least 75% of the total construction and demolition material; diverted materials must include at least four material streams.

                        Or

                        Option 2. Reduction of Total Waste Material (2 points)

                        Do not generate more than 2.5 pounds of construction waste per square foot (12.2 kilograms of waste per square meter) of the building’s floor area.

                        • Steel products can nearly always make a significant contribution to this credit. Relative to Option 2, most steel construction products are manufactured or pre-cut to finished size, or fabricated to precise project specifications, prior to shipment to the jobsite. This results in minimal jobsite steel waste, such that steel contributes very little to the 2.5 pounds per square foot limit.
                        • Alternatively, if Option 1 is chosen as the target for compliance with this credit, 100% of the steel scrap generated at the jobsite can be easily and economically recycled, so that steel can be a positive contributor to either Path 1 or Path 2.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Concrete Form CP36
                        image of Concrete Form CP36

                        Concrete Form CP36

                        Agway’s CP-36 profile is ideal for concrete form applications in situations where the traditional deck profiles simply are not suitable and a more unique solution is required.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 36" 480" 30"
                        28 22 36" 480" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 914 mm 1,219.2 cm 762 mm
                        28 22 914 mm 1,219.2 cm 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0180 0.92 33 0.0432 0.0432 0.0137
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0300 1.53 33 0.0759 0.0759 0.0226
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 4.45 230 2.320 2.320 0.0187
                        0.610 5.94 230 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.762 7.42 230 4.080 4.080 0.0309
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima

                        Ultima

                        Ideal for projects requiring a slightly different style while maintaining a more traditional feel. The multi-ribbed design not only provides a more unique aesthetic appeal, but delivers a more organic overall feel as well.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 36" 480" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 914 mm 12.192 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0150 0.73 80 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0180 0.92 33 0.0429 0.0429 0.0136
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0300 1.53 33 0.0758 0.0758 0.0226
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.381 3.56 550 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.457 4.45 230 2.309 2.309 0.0186
                        0.610 5.94 230 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.762 7.42 230 4.077 4.077 0.0308
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima
                        image of Ultima

                        Ultima

                        Ideal for projects requiring a slightly different style while maintaining a more traditional feel. The multi-ribbed design not only provides a more unique aesthetic appeal, but delivers a more organic overall feel as well.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by XRS Engineered Solutions Inc., Burlington, Ontario, Canada.
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by XRS Engineered Solutions Inc., Burlington, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 36" 480" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 22 914 mm 12.192 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0150 0.73 80 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0180 0.92 33 0.0429 0.0429 0.0136
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0616 0.0616 0.0181
                        0.0300 1.53 33 0.0758 0.0758 0.0226
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.381 3.56 550 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.457 4.45 230 2.309 2.309 0.0186
                        0.610 5.94 230 3.310 3.310 0.0248
                        0.762 7.42 230 4.077 4.077 0.0308
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding
                        image of Stratus Residential Wall Cladding

                        Product Sheet

                        Stratus Residential Wall Cladding

                        Features:

                        • Manufactured in 26 Ga
                        • Custom lengths 12” to 384” (305 mm to 9.754 m)
                        • Concealed nailing strip with 3/4” x 3/16” Screw Slots on 2 1/2” centres (19.1 mm x 4.8 mm Screw Slots on 63.5 mm centres)
                        • Hidden fastener installation – secure with #10 x 1” Pancake Head screws Fasten in centre of slots – do not over-tighten

                        Applications:

                        • Accent Panel
                        • Vertical Wall Installation
                        • Horizontal Wall Installation

                        Note(s):

                        • Oil canning may be present due to various factors
                        • Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product

                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Stratus Flashing

                        #aasp0100 j-trim#aasp0200 open os corner#aasp0300 open is corner

                        #aasp0400 drip starter#aasp0500 joiner trim#aasp0600 divider trim

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Stratus Flashing

                        #aasp0100 j-trim#aasp0200 open os corner#aasp0300 open is corner

                        #aasp0400 drip starter#aasp0500 joiner trim#aasp0600 divider trim

                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits
                        image of Agricultural Soffits

                        Product Sheet

                        Agricultural Soffits

                        Introduction

                        Easy to handle and install, Agway V-Rib Soffits, CH5-32 Vented Soffits and Agri Soffit panels in 26 or 29 gauge, are available in rollformed or custom lengths up to 10 ft., in a variety of finishes or colours.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        V-Rib Soffit Panels

                        • Custom lengths from 1’-0” to 12’-0”
                        • Perforated in lengths up to 12’-0”
                        • Available in 29, 26 and 24 ga.
                        •  Venting available in round or slotted holes
                        •  Stiffener Ribs available in V-Rib or Bubble Rib Maximum length: V-Rib: 12’ – 0”, Bubble Rib: 10’ – 0”
                        •  Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Precut to required length – no field cutting
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – secure with screws or nails to underside of overhang

                        Agricultural Soffits - V-Rib Soffit Panels

                        Vented Soffit CH5-32 – SPECIAL ORDER

                        • Rollform lengths from 0’-10” to 45’-0”
                        • Continuously vented on top face 1/8” dia. holes on 3/8” centres
                        • Other colours available upon request. Contact our estimating department for details
                        • Excellent free air area of 6%

                        Agricultural Soffits - Vented Soffit CH5-32

                        Soffit Panels

                        • Manufactured from 26 or 29 ga. Prepainted Steel
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Custom lengths up to 10’
                        • Precut to required length – no field cutting
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – secure with screws or nails to underside of overhang

                        Agricultural Soffits - Soffits Panel

                        Applications

                        • Non-vented: To cover underside of building overhang (soffit)
                        • Vented: To allow outside air to enter the building and create cross-ventilation
                        • Venting available in round or slotted holes
                        • Use in conjunction with roof ventilators

                        Agricultural Soffits - Applications

                        V-Rib Soffit Panels

                        • Custom lengths from 305 mm to 3.7 m
                        • Perforated in lengths up to 3.7 m
                        • Available in 29, 26 and 24 ga.
                        •  Venting available in round or slotted holes
                        •  Stiffener Ribs available in V-Rib or Bubble Rib Maximum length: V-Rib: 3.7 m, Bubble Rib: 3.1 m
                        •  Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Precut to required length – no field cutting
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – secure with screws or nails to underside of overhang

                        Agricultural Soffits - V-Rib Soffit Panels

                         

                        Vented Soffit CH5-32

                        • Rollform lengths from 254 mm to 13.7 m
                        • Continuously vented on top face 3 mm dia. holes on 9.5 mm centres
                        • Stocked in 26 ga. prepainted steel QC18317 White White
                        • Other colours available upon request. Contact our estimating department for details
                        • Excellent free air area of 6%

                        Agricultural Soffits - Vented Soffit CH5-32

                        Soffit Panels

                        • Manufactured from 26 or 29 ga. Prepainted Steel
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Custom lengths up to 3.1 m
                        • Precut to required length – no field cutting
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – secure with screws or nails to underside of overhang

                        Agricultural Soffits - Soffit Panels

                        Applications

                        • Non-vented: To cover underside of building overhang (soffit)
                        • Vented: To allow outside air to enter the building and create cross-ventilation
                        • Venting available in round or slotted holes
                        • Use in conjunction with roof ventilators

                        Agricultual Soffits - Application

                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles
                        image of Case Studies & Project Profiles

                        Case Studies & Project Profiles

                        Welcome to Agway’s ongoing collection of short, inspirational, real-life case histories, published to showcase some of our customers’ more imaginative and effective solutions, both traditional and innovative. This series of project reviews is a celebration of their creative talents in planning, developing and building unique, noteworthy and wonderful structures of all kinds, using quality Agway products, in both the ICI and residential marketplaces. We hope they inspire you to explore your own creative ideas in your next project. Please return to this page often, as we will continue to update this compilation with more new case studies to inspire you and your future creations. It’s just one more tool that makes Agway easier to do business with!

                        Resources


                         

                         

                         

                        Pinery Line Cabin ON case study Larock Pickleball Court ON case study
                        UTSC Harmony Commons ON case study 160 front st w ON case study
                        160 front st w ON case study star of the sea condo NL case study
                        churchill meadows community centre ON case study place des arts ON case study
                        walker sports and abilities centre ON case study highland village museum NS case study
                        barry and flora beckett residence NB case study bill and helen norrie library MB case study
                        chief aranazhi high school AB case study bernie wolfe school MB project profile
                        peter george centre hamilton ON case study green storage hamilton on project profile
                        laneway house, toronto ON case study basinview animal hospital, bedford NS project profile
                        2945 dundas st w, toronto ON project profile fanshawe college, london ON project profile
                        ttc station, vaughan ON case study 570 stradbrook condominium case study
                        ontario place pavilion case study hilton house case study
                        valhalla equestrian centre case study the peter gilgan center for research & learning case study
                        66 heathdale ave case study university collage of north, trcc case study
                        lunenburg county lifestyle center case study carbonear academy case study
                        sault college academic building case study arcelormittal dofasco blast furnace case study

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Louvres & Shutters
                        image of Louvres & Shutters

                        Product Sheet

                        Louvres & Shutters

                        From Square, rectangle, triangle or octagonal shapes to the more unique blade style design, Agway has a complete range of styles and colours available. Should your project require shutters, Agway has these as well.


                        Louvres

                        Louvres diagram

                        Features

                        • Manufactured in 26, 24 and 22 gauge Prepainted Steel
                        • Also available in Aluminum, Copper or Stainless Steel
                        • Custom widths available
                        • 2-1/4” and 4” standard depths
                        • Custom sizes, depths and designs available on request
                        • Square, rectangular, triangular or octagonal shapes

                        Blade Styles

                        STANDARD

                        maximum effectiveness for exhaust and intake applications

                        STORMPROOF

                        providing effective weatherproofing against wind-driven moisture

                        SIGHTPROOF

                        perfect for security and visual appearance applications

                         standard blade style diagram stromproof blade style diagram sightproof blade style diagram

                        Features

                        • FlushMount
                        • Set-in Frame
                        • Additional stiffening mullions every 40” for improved performance
                        • Available with bird or insect screens
                        • Designed for combination Louvre applications or for incorporation into Louvred Wall Systems
                        • Nailing Flange can be set at any preferred depth

                        Octagonal Louvres

                        Octagonal Louvres diagram

                        Features

                        • Architecturally appealing
                        • 8-sides c/w screen
                        • Wall mounted ventilator
                        • Manufactured using Prepainted Steel
                        • Optional attached “J” trim
                        • Available in 29 and 26 ga., 2 1/4” depth

                        Available Sizes

                        • 18” x 18”
                        • 20” x 20”
                        • 24” x 24”
                        • 30” x 30”
                        • 36” x 36”
                        • 48” x 48”

                        Shutters

                        Shutters diagram

                        Features

                        • Add a decorative finish to any building
                        • Manufactured using Prepainted Steel
                        • Shutters are 13-1/2” wide
                        • Available up to 72” high in 1” increments
                        • Allow 2 weeks for delivery

                        Standard Sizes

                        • 36” Shutter
                        • 48” Shutter
                        • 60” Shutter
                        • 72” Shutter

                        Note

                        Shutters are priced to the nearest larger model.
                        e.g.: 40” Shutter is priced as 48”

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes
                        image of Cupolas & Weathervanes

                        Product Sheet

                        Cupolas & Weathervanes

                        Agway’s Cupolas add the finishing touch to any project. Not only do they provide an appealing decorative display as a functional ventilator they help to compliment Agricultural, Residential and even Commercial applications. Agway also provides a full range of picturesque Weathervanes.


                        Cupolas

                        Cupolas diagam

                        • Decorative and functional ventilators for Agricultural, Residential and Commercial buildings
                        • 29/26 Gauge Galvanized, Galvalume, Prepainted Steel or Copper
                        • Packaged in a cardboard carton in 2 pieces for easy assembly
                        • Tops and bottoms are available in different colours
                        • Functional weathervanes are available with a selection of ornaments (see below)

                        Available Sizes

                        • #200 – Base Size 18” x 18” x 44 1/2” high (29 ga throughout)
                        • #250 – Base Size 22” x 22” x 51 1/2” high (29 ga throughout)
                        • #350 – Base Size 30” x 30” x 73 1/2” high (29 ga Roof and 26 ga Base)
                        • #420 – Base Size 42” x 42” x 84” high (26 ga throughout)

                        Weathervanes

                        • All kits complete with adjustable mounting post, direction indicators and weathervane as shown
                        • #70 (24”) for Models 200 & 250 Cupolas: Horse, Rooster, Duck, Cow, Pig, Sailboat, Country Doctor,
                        • #100 (30”) for Models 350 & 420 Cupolas: Horse, Rooster
                        • 2 Gold Finials included on Model #100 Weathervanes

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Model 1800 Ventilator
                        image of Model 1800 Ventilator

                        Product Sheet

                        Model 1800 Ventilator

                        Features

                        • Low profile with 1 3/4” throat
                        • Allows 170 sq. in. free air capacity
                        • Weatherproof flashings included for either continuous coverage of ridge or for individual installation
                        • Streamlined appearance compliments roofline
                        • Manufactured from 29 gauge Galvanized, Galvalume and Prepainted Steel for maximum strength and durability
                        • Fully assembled with Stainless Steel rivets
                        • Quick and easy installation
                        • Individually packaged
                        • Light weight – 25 lbs (11.4 kg)
                        • Available in a wide variety of colours

                        Model 1800 Ventilator diagram

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Round-Top Ventilators, Turbine, Gooseneck Ventilators, Fan Hoods
                        image of Round-Top Ventilators, Turbine, Gooseneck Ventilators, Fan Hoods
                        image of Round-Top Ventilators, Turbine, Gooseneck Ventilators, Fan Hoods
                        image of Round-Top Ventilators, Turbine, Gooseneck Ventilators, Fan Hoods

                        Product Sheet

                        Round-Top Ventilators, Turbine, Gooseneck Ventilators, Fan Hoods

                        Round Top Ventilator Models 120/160

                        Round Top Ventilator Models 120/160 diagram

                        Model 120

                        • 12” throat with a 16” x 16” base and 54 sq. in. free air capacity

                        Model 160

                        • 16” throat with a 22” x 22” base and 96 sq. in. free air capacity
                        • 29 gauge Galvanized, Galvalume and Prepainted Steel
                        • Old Style Heritage Round Vents can be custom fabricated

                        Turbine Roof Ventilator

                        Turbine Roof Ventilator diagram

                        • Turbine heads manufactured from galvanized steel
                        • Rotor shafts and bearings pre-lubricated
                        • Bases manufactured in 29 gauge Galvanized, Galvalume and Prepainted Steel
                        • 12“ throat with 16” x 16” base and 14” throat with 20” x 20” base

                        Gooseneck Ventilator

                        Gooseneck Ventilator diagram

                        • Custom sizes available

                        Fan Hood

                        Fan Hood diagram

                        • Sizes available:
                          • 12” (15 3⁄8” sq.)
                          • 14” (17 3⁄8” sq.)
                          • 16” (19 3⁄8” sq.)
                          • 18” (21 3⁄8” sq.)
                          • 20” (23 3⁄8” sq.)
                        • Custom sizes available

                        Measurement Type


                        image of #1200 Vent, #2400 Vent, #480 Low Profile Vent
                        image of #1200 Vent, #2400 Vent, #480 Low Profile Vent

                        Product Sheet

                        #1200 Vent, #2400 Vent, #480 Low Profile Vent

                        Agway also offers three other commercial models that give a variety of Throat and air capacity. Model 1200 Vent with a 2 ¾” Throat, Model 2400 Vent with a 3 ½” Throat and Model 480 Low Profile Vent with an 8” Throat.


                        Model 1200 Vent

                        • 2 3/4″” throat and 170 sq. in free area capacity
                        • Filter installed to prevent snow, rain and insect infiltration
                        • Manufactured for 2/12 to 6/12 pitch
                        • Can be fabricated for higher pitches over 6/12 with deflector flanges which must be installed as illustrated
                        • Packaged in carton with splice plates and with end caps/flanges installed
                        • 29 gauge Galvanized, Galvalume and Prepainted Galvanized

                        Model 1200 Vent diagram

                        Model 1200 Vent diagram 2

                        Model 2400 Vent

                        Model 2400 Vent diagram

                        • Low profile with 3 1/2″” throat
                        • Allows 340 sq. ft. free air capacity
                        • Weatherpoof flashings included for either continuous coverage of ridge or for individual installation
                        • Streamlined appearance compliments roofline
                        • Available for 3/12 to 8/12 pitch
                        • Manufactured from 29 gauge Prepainted Steel for maximum strength and durability
                        • Full assembled with Stainless Steel rivets
                        • Quick and easy installation
                        • Individually packaged
                        • Light weight – 25lbs (11.4kg)
                        • Available in a wide variety of colours for immediate delivery
                        • Additional colours available on request

                        Model 2400 Vent diagram 2

                        Model 480 Low Profile Vent

                        Model 480 Low Profile Vent diagram

                        • 8″ Throat provides 288sq in free area capacity
                        • Packaged in carton c/w birdscreeen
                        • Chain operated damper available
                        • 29 gauge Galvanized, Galvalume and Perpainted Galvanized

                        Measurement Type


                        image of 10′ Commercial Ventilators
                        image of 10′ Commercial Ventilators

                        Product Sheet

                        10′ Commercial Ventilators

                        Agway 10’ Commercial Ventilator comes in 9” and 12” Throat availability resulting in 1080 and 1440 square inches free area capacity.


                        10′ Commercial Ventilator

                        10' Commercial Ventilator diagram

                        • 9″ and 12″ Throats available, providing a 1080 and 1440 sq. in. free area capacity respectively
                        • Fully assembled and crated c/w end flanges and splice plates and bird screen
                        • Damper and operable winch kit available c/w cable
                        • 24 gauge Galvanized, Galvalume and Prepainted Galvanized
                        • Also available in Aluminum and Stainless Steel
                        • Must be crated for shipping

                        10' Commercial Ventilator diagram2

                        DIMENSION 9" THROAT 12" THROAT
                        B 10 1/2" 13 1/2"
                        E 9" 12"
                        F 28 1/2" 36"
                        G 14 1/4" 17 3/4"

                        Attic Ventilation Chart for Agricultural, Commercial and Industrial Use

                        Attic Ventilation Chart for Agricultural, Commercial and Industrial Use table

                        Note

                        Values shown are based on a minimum of 1 sq. ft. of Inlet Opening per eave per 1200 sq. ft. of ceiling and a minimum of 1 sq. ft. of Outlet Opening at ridge per 600 sq. ft. of ceiling.

                        Examples

                        • SRV-12 Vent (0.92 ft2 opening) vents 550 ft2 of attic.
                        • SRV-20 Vent (2.63 ft2 opening) vents 1580 ft2 of attic.

                        Commercial Vent

                        • 9″ Throat (7.38 ft2 opening) vents 4400 ft2 of attic.
                        • 12″ Throat (9.83 ft2 opening) vents 5900 ft2 of attic.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Attic Hatches
                        image of Attic Hatches

                        Product Sheet

                        Attic Hatches

                        All hatch components are rot-resistant, rust resistant, and easy-to-clean.

                        Resources


                        Features

                        • Outside frame sizes of a standard hatch are 22″ x 32 3/4″
                        • The attic hatch lids are R13 insulated with a white fibreglass skin
                        • The jamb is a white composite vinyl, which requires no capping or painting
                        • Jambs are predrilled behind weather-stripping for easy installation
                        • Custom sizes are available – maximum size is 23″ x 37″

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Ag-Door
                        image of Ag-Door
                        image of Ag-Door
                        image of Ag-Door

                        Product Sheet

                        Ag-Door

                        • Quality components that are made to withstand extreme Canadian weather
                        • All door components are rot-resistant, rust resistant, and easy-to-clean
                        • The aluminum sill is adjustable by removing the screw caps and tightening the adjustment screws to always create a good seal
                        • Outside door dimension for a 3’ 0” x 6’ 8” door are:
                        • 37 ½” x 81 ¾” which requires an (RSO) Rough Stud Opening of 38 ½” x 82 ¼”
                        • Doors are available in standard left and right hand inswing and also left and right hand outswing
                        • Standard Agri-doors have 4 ⅝ “ jambs, and ball bearing stainless steel hinges

                        Components

                        • The aluminum sill is thermally-broken
                        • The weather-stripping is high quality and low-wicking
                        • The fiberglass door slabs have an insulation value of R13
                        • The fiberglass door slabs are LVL reinforced plus a metal reinforcement bar
                        • The fiberglass doors and jambs are factory prefinished and do not require painting
                        • Jambs are machined to fit a large stainless strike plate, no chiseling required, simply push strike plate into machined area and fasten plate with two supplied screws
                        • Jambs are predrilled behind weather-stripping for easy installation

                        Extra Options

                        • Panel embossment available instead of standard “easy-clean” flush panels
                        • Jamb width also available in 6 ” and 8 ½”
                        • Total height can be shortened to any custom height
                        • Slabs and jambs can be prefinished with quality paint in any colour
                        • Options include; deadbolt bore, stainless self-closing hinges, low profile non-adjustable sill
                        • 2” composite brickmould, heavy-duty self-closing hardware, and panic bars for outswing doors
                        • 22” x 36” clear, 22” x 48” clear, 22” x 64” clear, 22” x 36” white grills “9 lite”, 22” x 48” white grills “12 lite”, 22” x 64” white grills “15 lite” and 22” x 36” vented lite
                        • Quality Grade 1 Stainless knobs and Grade 2 Stainless knobs, levers also available
                        • Available door panel sizes are 28”, 30”, 32”,34”, 36” and 42”

                        Installation Configurations

                        installation configuration diagram

                        Style Options

                        style options diagram

                        Handle Options

                        handle options diagram

                        Manufacturers Warranty

                        • All glass units have a 5 year warranty against seal failure
                        • All fiberglass door systems have a 10 year limited warranty.
                        • Factory high-quality coloured paint finishes have a 10 year limited warranty
                        • All Grade 1 hardware have a 5 year warranty, Grade 2 hardware have a 1 year warranty

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Vinyl Windows
                        image of Vinyl Windows

                        Product Sheet

                        Vinyl Windows

                        White All-Vinyl Side Sliders are now available at Agway. Extruded multi-chambered Vinyl construction, these all-white vinyl frame wont warp, crack or peel.


                        Features

                        • Extruded multi-chambered Vinyl construction
                        • Will not warp, crack or peel. Never needs painting
                        • All-white Nylon frame, complete with screen
                        • Deluxe Lock
                        • Built-in nailing flange
                        • Fusion-welded Corners on sash and 3-1/4” frames for strength and a perfect seal
                        • 3/4” Double Glazed Sealed Glass
                        • High quality Triple Weather Stripping prevents air infiltration
                        • Advanced Super Spacer with an all-silicone foam formula. Clearly resists condensation, reduces energy costs and provides long life durability
                        • Comes standard with half screen and attached nailing fin for ease of installation

                         

                        AN-3020 Vinyl Window (R.S.O. 36” x 24”)
                        AN-3030 Vinyl Window (R.S.O. 36” x 36”)
                        AN-4030 Vinyl Window (R.S.O. 48” x 36”)
                        AN-5030 Vinyl Window (R.S.O. 60” x 36”)

                         

                        NOTE: PRESSURE WASHING VOIDS WARRANTY!

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Insulated Service Doors
                        image of Insulated Service Doors

                        Product Sheet

                        Insulated Service Doors

                        From Pre-finished Steel Clad to Heavy Duty Insulated Agway has a wide variety of Insulated Service Doors to chose from. Door accessories are also available through Agway.


                        Insulated Service Doors

                        • Low Maintenance
                        • Attractive Appearance
                        • Ease of Installation
                        • Pre-hung
                        • Energy Savings
                        • Durability

                        Series 88 Pre-finished Steel Clad

                        • 3-1/2” 16 ga. Prepainted steel frame
                        • 4-Way Universal
                        • 24 ga. White embossed and insulated metal door panel
                        • Full perimeter Vinyl Weather Stripping
                        • Individually cartoned
                        • 3 Fixed pin hinges
                        • Available with 22” x 36” 9-Lite insulated glass
                        • Latch Guard installed
                        • Lockset optional
                        • Models and sizes available – See overleaf

                        Series 99E Pre-finished Steel Clad

                        • 3-1/2” Prepainted extruded aluminum frame
                        • 4-Way Universal
                        • 27 ga. White smooth insulated metal door panel. Door 1-3/4” thick w/R-13 Panel
                        • Full perimeter Vinyl Weather Stripping
                        • Individually cartoned
                        • (3) 4” x 4” Butt Hinges (pins cannot be removed when door is closed)
                        • Available with 20” x 24” glass – single glazed
                        • Lockset optional
                        • Models and sizes available – See overleaf

                        Series 88 Heavy Duty Insulated – White

                        W88 3068 Blank, 4-way Swing (O.D.D. 40” x 81-13/16”)
                        W88 6068 Blank Double Door (O.D.D. 77-5/16” x 81-13/16”)
                        W88 3068 Left Hand 22” x 36” 9 Lite (O.D.D. 40” x 81-13/16”)
                        W88 3068 Right Hand 22” x 36” 9 Lite (O.D.D. 40” x 81-13/16”)

                        Other sizes available upon request.

                        Series 99E Standard Insulated – White

                        W99E 2868 Blank, 4-way Swing (O.D.D. 33-7/16” x 81-3/8”)
                        W99E 3068 Blank, 4-way Swing (O.D.D. 37-7/16” x 81-3/8”)
                        W99E 4068 Blank, 4-way Swing (O.D.D. 49-7/16” x 81-3/8”)
                        W99E 6068 Blank Double Door (O.D.D. 74-3/4” x 81-3/8”)
                        W99E 3068 Left Hand w/20” x 24” (O.D.D. 37-7/16” x 81-3/8”)
                        W99E 3068 Right Hand w/20” x 24” (O.D.D. 37-7/16” x 81-3/8”)

                        Other sizes and options available upon request.

                        Door Accessories

                        Schlage Heavy Duty Knob-Lever Lock Set
                        Schlage Knob-Knob Passage Set
                        EZ Knob-Knob Lock Set
                        Striker Plates for W99E Doors

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Sliding Door Tracks and Accessories
                        image of Sliding Door Tracks and Accessories

                        Product Sheet

                        Sliding Door Tracks and Accessories

                        From Square Track Systems, Door Accessories and Keyhole Track systems to Trolley/Super Hanger for Keyhole Track Agway can deliver the product you’re looking for.


                        Square Track System

                        Square Track System options

                        • #31 Square Track, available in 6’, 8’, 10’ and 12’ lengths
                        • #31 Single Track Bracket c/w Lag Bolt
                        • #22 x 31 Double Track Bracket, w/o Lag Bolt
                        • #321 4-wheel hanger, non-adjustable (sold in pairs)
                        • #323 4-wheel hanger, adjustable (sold in pairs)

                        Door Accessories

                        Door Accessories options

                        • #180 Door Snugger
                        • #189 Universal Stay Roller
                        • #188000 Cam Latch
                        • #125 RW Door Latch
                        • #514-2 Heavy Duty Top Spring Bolt
                        • #524-0 Bottom Cane Bolt – 1/2”
                        • #524-2 Bottom Cane Bolt – 3/4”
                        • Heavy Duty Leverlock Door Latch
                        • #227L Thumb Latch
                        • #70 Flush Pull
                        • #71 Bow Handle – 4”

                        Following items not shown:

                        • #4SP482 7-7/8” Door Pull
                        • #Barn Door Latch (Bowman)
                        • #128S Door Latch (Stable Door)
                        • #185 2-1/2” Door Bumper c/w Lag Screws
                        • #186 4-1/2” Door Bumper c/w Lag Screws
                        • #SP1084 Heavy Barrel Bolts – 8”

                        Keyhole Track System

                        Available in 8’, 10’ , 12’, 16’ and 20’ lengths

                        Face Mount Applications

                        Face Mount Applications diagram

                        • #646512 Bracket (for track without cover)
                        • #646513 Bracket (for track with cover)
                        • #465101 Splice Collar
                        • #646514 End Cap

                        Top Mount Applications (Double Runs)

                        Top Mount Applications (Double Runs) diagram

                        • #712137 Double Bracket (for track without cover)*
                        • #712136 Double Bracket Extension*
                        • #643840 Bolt Package*
                        • #465101 Splice Collar
                        • #646514 End Cap

                        * When installing a track cover on a Double Track System, you must use: (1) Double Bracket, (1) Double Bracket Extension and (2) Bolt Packages every 2 feet. If installing w/o track cover, you must use: (1) Double Bracket and (2) Bolt Packages every 2 feet.

                        Trolley/Super Hanger for Keyhole Track

                        Trolley/Super Hanger for Keyhole Track diagram

                        • #149500 Trolley Hanger c/w 9-1/2” Bolt
                        • #149550 Super Hanger c/w 9-1/2” Bolt, w/Bearings
                        • #146500 Trolley Hanger c/w 6-1/2” Bolt
                        • #146550 Super Hanger c/w 6-1/2” Bolt, w/Bearings
                        • #142500 Trolley Hanger c/w 2-1/2” Straight Bolt
                        • #141500 Trolley Hanger c/w Steel Apron

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Metal Framed Sliding Doors
                        image of Metal Framed Sliding Doors

                        Product Sheet

                        Metal Framed Sliding Doors

                        Need an All-Metal and Wood-Metal Door Systems. Agway has the door system and the necessary sliding door components to give you exactly what you’re looking for.


                        SDR 1600 AV Vertical Rail

                        • High nail/screw groove protects jamb
                        • Wide nail/screw groove allows nailing without damaging vertical
                        • Optional vinyl weather strip wipes against jamb to seal opening
                        • Designed to allow easier insertion of girts
                        • Available in 8’, 9’, 10’, 11’, 12’, 13’, 14’, 15’ and 16’ heights
                        • Stock

                        SDR 1600 AV Vertical Rail diagram

                        SDR 1635 BV 3-1/2” Box Vertical

                        • Built-in box extrusion gives best strength-to-weight ratio
                        • Triple ‘J’ Trim accepts vertically all metal heights
                        • ‘J’ for flat-cut metal extended and raised to allow easy insertion of sheet and conceals irregular cut
                        • Optional weather strip available
                        • Back designed not to catch on jamb trim when opening or closing door
                        • Available in 9’, 10’, 11’, 12’, 14’, 15’, 16’, 18’ and 20’ lengths
                        • Stock

                        SDR 1635 BV 3-1/2” Box Vertical diagam

                        SDR 1635 BB 3-1/2” Box Bottom Rail – white aluminum

                        • Available in 10’, 12’, 13’-6”, 14’, 15’, 16’, 18’, 20’ and 24’ lengths
                        • Mates with SDR 1635 BV to complete an all-white 3-1/2” application
                        • Non-Stock – available upon request. 3 week delivery

                        SDR 1635 BB 3-1/2” Box Bottom Rail - white aluminum diagram

                        SDR 1600 HV “H” Vertical Rail (Centre Closure)

                        • Economy of including “H” on standard vertical
                        • Mates with standard vertical to hold double doors together
                        • Positive weather seal of door centre with optional weather strip
                        • Available in 10’, 12’, 14’, 16’ and 18’ heights
                        • Non-stock – available upon request. 3 week delivery

                        SDR 1600 HV “H” Vertical Rail (Centre Closure) diagram

                        SDR 1500 AB Aluminum Bottom Rail

                        • Trims bottom of door
                        • 20 ga. steel G90 galvanized. Use with Door Roller
                        • Available in 10’, 12’, 14’, 16’ and 20’ lengths – can be spliced
                        • Stock

                        SDR 1500 AB Aluminum Bottom Rail diagram

                        SDR 1600 HC “H” Closure

                        • Simplifies stock
                        • Closes gap between, and strengthens, centre of double doors
                        • Positive weather seal of door centre with optional weather strip
                        • Available in 10’, 12’, 14’ and 16’ heights
                        • Stock

                        SDR 1600 HC “H” Closure diagram

                        SDR 1635 BG 3-1/2” x 1-1/2” Box Girt

                        • Lock seam tube for best economy, strength and weight
                        • Can be used in both vertical or horizontal applications
                        • 20 ga. steel G90 galvanized
                        • Available in 10’, 11’, 12’, 13’, 14’, 15’, 16’, 18’, 20’ and 24’ lengths
                        • Stock

                        SDR 1635 BG 3-1/2” x 1-1/2” Box Girt diagram

                        SDR 0500 GZ-5’ / SDR 1000 GZ-10’ Guide Rail

                        • Heavy galvanized steel
                        • 5’ and 10’ lengths – use length or lengths equal to 1/3 to 1/2 the door panel width or more if desired
                        • Bracket mounting hole located to allow lead in when door is closed and to aid in installation over metal or other obstruction
                        • Holds door down and in
                        • Non-stock – available upon request. 3 week delivery

                        SDR 0500 GZ-5’ / SDR 1000 GZ-10’ Guide Rail diagram

                        SDR 16001 CG Centre Guide

                        • Attaches to stub post or into cement in centre of split doors and large shingles
                        • Removable stop prevents door from rolling past centre
                        • Mates with SDR 1635 BR Bottom Rail for 3-1/2” system and SDR 1600 WB Bottom Rail for 1-1/2” system
                        • Non-stock – available upon request. 3 week delivery

                        SDR 16001 CG Centre Guide diagram

                        SDR 1635 BR Bottom Rail

                        • Dual purpose – attaches to wood or steel girt
                        • 18 ga. steel
                        • Bottom Rail Channel mates with Guide Rail system
                        • Available in 8’, 10’ and 12’ lengths
                        • Non-stock – available upon request. 3 week delivery

                        SDR 1635 BR Bottom Rail diagram

                        SDR 1600 WB Bottom Rail

                        • Continuous nail flange can be cut to any length
                        • Designed with 1-1/4” up/down play to compensate for seasonal changes in doors/buildings
                        • Dual purpose – use on wood doors (a) or metal doors (b) as shown
                        • Nail to wood bottom rail or screw to aluminum vertical rail
                        • Available in 10’ 2-5/8”, 12’ 2-5/8”, 14’ 2-5/8”, 16’ 2-5/8”, 18’ 2-5/8” and 20’ 2-5/8” lengths
                        • Non-stock – available upon request. 3 week delivery.

                        SDR 1600 WB Bottom Rail diagram

                        SDR 1600 WB Bottom Rail diagram 2

                        Options

                        SDR 1600 Weather Stripping
                        Optional vinyl weather strip seals entire vertical to jamb

                        Sliding Door Components – Vertical Rails

                        1-1/2″ Thick Vertical Rail 3-1/2″ Thick Vertical Rail
                        8′ SDR 1600 AV 10′ SDR 1635 BV
                        10′ SDR 1600 AV 12′ SDR 1635 BV
                        12′ SDR 1600 AV 14′ SDR 1635 BV
                        14′ SDR 1600 AV 16′ SDR 1635 BV
                        16′ SDR 1600 AV 18′ SDR 1635 BV
                        20′ SDR 1635 BV

                         Sliding Door Components – Bottom Rails

                        12′ SDR 1600 AB 16′ SDR 1600 AB 20′ SDR 1600 AB

                         Sliding Door Components – Centre Closure Rails

                        12′ SDR 1600 HC 14′ SDR 1600 HC 16′ SDR 1600 HC

                         Sliding Door Components – Steel Girts

                        20 ga. Galvanized 1-1/2″ x 3-1/2″ Lock Seamed Steel Box Girts
                        12′ SDR 1635 BG 20′ SDR 1635 BG
                        16′ SDR 1635 BG 24′ SDR 1635 BG

                        Note

                        Sliding Rail Components for 1-1/2″ x 3-1/2″ thick combination wood/metal sliding door systems
                        Pre-finished White Aluminum

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Tuff Board
                        image of Tuff Board

                        Product Sheet

                        Tuff Board

                        Features

                        • High Density Polypropylene Sheet laminated to 3/8″ or 1/2″ plywood
                        • Government-Accepted for Food Production areas (#3100-3E/144 & #3100-3L/126)
                        • Strong
                        • Durable top quality plastic and laminate
                        • Excellent light reflection
                        • Will not rust or mildew
                        • Easy to clean – pressure wash
                        • Bright smooth ultra-white finish
                        • Easy to install
                        • Complete line of accessories available

                        Applications

                        Interior Linings where exposed to dampness and pressure washing, Refrigerated Coolers, Retail or Dairy Operations

                        Storage Sizes

                        48” x 8’. Thicknesses:
                        0.030″ and 0.060″ on 3/8″ plywood
                        0.060″ on 1/2″ plywood

                        48″ x 10′ Thickness:
                        0.040″ on 1/2″ plywood

                        Storage

                        Acclimate panels for 24 hrs. prior to installation.  This product will expand or contract under certain circumstances.

                        Installation

                        Pre-drill holes 1/8” larger than screws. Maximum support spacing is 16” o/c.  Maximum fastener spacing along the edge of the sheet is 8” (allowing a minimum of 1” from edge of sheet). Maximum fastener spacing along the intermediate studs is 12”. When fastening to a solid wall, an approved adhesive will help to ensure flatness. For Tuff Board, adhesive must be approved for wood-to-wood contact.

                        Accessories

                        • 3/4” Two-piece Drive Rivet, Nylon
                        • 1-1/2” Two-piece Drive Rivet, Nylon
                        • #8 x 1-1/2” White Stainless Type A Robertson – Panhead Screws
                        • Siliconized Interior Acrylic Latex Sealant

                        3/8” Sheets – 8’ or 12’

                        t-joiner sheet schematic  h-channel sheet schematic  v-23 outside corner sheet schematic

                        base trim sheet schematic  inside corner sheet schematic  j-mould sheet schematic

                        1/2” Sheets – 8’

                        v-13 inside corner sheet schematic  v-41 j-mould/cap sheet schematic  v-43 h-channel sheet schematic

                        v-23 outside corner sheet schematic  v-55 2-pc division bar sheet schematic

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Poly-Tuff HD Polyethylene Sheet
                        image of Poly-Tuff HD Polyethylene Sheet

                        Product Sheet

                        Poly-Tuff HD Polyethylene Sheet

                        Agway’s Poly-Tuff High Density Polyethylene Sheets are Government – Accepted for Food Production areas. They are ideal for interior lining, partitions, pens and stalls, equipment & trailer liners, wash bays, horse barns and kennels, arenas, restaurants and applications where moisture or chemicals limit the life of wood.


                        Poly-Tuff HD Polyethylene Sheet diagram

                        Features

                        • High Density Polyethylene Sheet
                        • Government-Accepted for Food Production areas (#31003-L121)
                        • Clean bright smooth white finish
                        • Easy to clean – pressure wash
                        • Long life span – extremely hard
                        • Made from 100% recycled new plastic
                        • Easy to install – cuts like wood using regular hand tools
                        • Will not rust or corrode
                        • Resists attack by most solvents and not affected by petroleum products
                        • Will not harbour disease or bacteria

                        Applications

                        Interior Lining, Partitions, Pens and Stalls, Equipment & Trailer Liners, Wash Bays, Horse Barns and Kennels, Arenas, Restaurants, and applications where moisture or chemicals limit the life of wood.

                        Storage Sizes

                        48” x 8’ in 1/8”, 1/4” and 1/2” thicknesses.

                        Storage

                        Acclimate panels for 24 hrs. prior to installation.  This product will expand or contract under certain circumstances.

                        Installation

                        Pre-drill holes 1/8” larger than screws. Panels must be positioned to leave a minimum gap of 1/4” at floor and ceiling and 1/8” between panels. If moldings are being used, these dimensions must be increased proportionally to allow for expansion and contraction. When fastening to a solid wall, an approved adhesive will help to ensure flatness. For Poly-Tuff, adhesive must be approved for Polyethylene sheets.

                        Accessories

                        • 3/4” Two-piece Drive Rivet; Nylon
                        • 1-1/2” Two-piece Drive Rivet; Nylon
                        • #12 x 3/4” White Stainless Robertson Screws – Pan Head Truss Socket
                        • #8 x 1-1/2” White Stainless Robertson Screws – Type A Pan Head, no washer
                        • Interior Acrylic Latex Sealant

                        All Trims in 10’ lengths

                        Trims for 1/8” Sheet

                        v-3 t-joiner trim  v5 inside corner

                        v7 outside corner

                        Trims for 1/4” Sheet

                        v63 end cap  v31 division bar

                        Trims for 1/2” Sheet

                        v-13 inside corner  v-55 2-pc division bar  v41 j-mould

                        v-43 h-channel

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Polycarbonate Clear Ridge Cover
                        image of Polycarbonate Clear Ridge Cover

                        Product Sheet

                        Polycarbonate Clear Ridge Cover

                        Features

                        • Clear Polycarbonate UV Resistant Ridge Cover
                        • Cuts out 98% of UV light
                        • 10 Year Limited Warranty on yellowing or loss of light transmission
                        • Up to 90% light transmission
                        • 20 times the impact resistance of fiberglass of equal thickness with a low temperature extreme of -40°C (-40°F)
                        • Resists breaking or cracking due to hail, wind and accidental impact
                        • Provides soft, diffused natural light for farm and industrial buildings
                        • An ideal way to supplement artificial lighting

                        Applications

                        Ridge Closure for use with any configuration of metal roofing when used with the correct closure strip

                        Storage Sizes

                        23 1/4” wide x 10’ lengths.
                        Material Thickness: 1.25 mm (0.050”)

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Profiled Polycarbonate Panels
                        image of Profiled Polycarbonate Panels

                        Product Sheet

                        Profiled Polycarbonate Panels

                        Features

                        •  Polycarbonate UV Resistant Panel, in Clear or Solar Grey
                        • 10 Year Limited Warranty on yellowing or loss of light transmission
                        • 20 times the impact resistance of fiberglass of equal thickness
                        • Resists breaking or cracking due to hail, wind and accidental impact
                        • Condensation control allows water to form a thin sheet rather than droplets

                        Applications

                        Agricultural Growing Areas, Seeding Frames, Skylights, Riding Arenas and requirements for “Glass-like” uses

                        Storage Sizes

                        Clear: 50” x 8’, 12’, 16’. Coverage: 48”.
                        Material Thickness: 0.79 mm (0.031”)

                        Solar Grey: 50” x 12’. Coverage: 48”.
                        Material Thickness: 0.79 mm (0.031”)

                        Storage

                        Panels must be stored flat and out of rain or sun

                        Installation

                        Pre-drill holes 1/8” larger than screws.  Fasten on 24” centres on wood structure.  Can be curved; please ask for details.  Minimum roof pitch: 3/12

                        Accessories

                        • 36” Foam Closures

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Polycarbonate Century Rib Panels
                        image of Polycarbonate Century Rib Panels

                        Product Sheet

                        Polycarbonate Century Rib Panels

                        Agway has two Polycarbonate Panels to choose from. The Polycarbonate Century Rib panel and the Profiled Polycarbonate Panel. Both are ideal for Agricultural growing areas, seeding frames, skylights, riding arenas basically any requirement for “glass-like” uses. A Polycarbonate Clear Ridge Cover that has the capability of eliminating 98% UV light is also an option.


                        Polycarbonate Century Rib Panels diagram

                        Features

                        • Polycarbonate UV Resistant Panel
                        • 10 Year Limited Warranty on yellowing or loss of light transmission
                        • Up to 90% light transmission
                        • 20 times the impact resistance of fiberglass of equal thickness
                        • Resists breaking or cracking due to hail, wind and accidental impact

                        Applications

                        Agricultural Growing Areas, Seeding Frames, Skylights, Riding Arenas and requirements for “Glass-like” uses

                        Storage Sizes

                        Sheet: 38” x 12’ with Coverage of 36”.
                        Thickness: 0.8 mm (0.032”)

                        Storage

                        Acclimate panels for 24 hrs. prior to installation.
                        Panels must be stored flat and out of rain or sun.

                        Installation

                        Pre-drill holes 1/8” larger than screws.  Fasten on 24” centres on wood structure.  Maintain a minimum roof pitch of 3/12. Bends to gentle curves.

                        Accessories

                        • Large Tab Century Foam Closures c/w tape

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Reflective Insulation
                        image of Reflective Insulation
                        image of Reflective Insulation
                        image of Reflective Insulation

                        Product Sheet

                        Reflective Insulation

                        Agway offers two unique styles of Reflective Insulation. Metal Building Reflective Insulation designed to control heat gain or loss, and to prevent interior condensation in all types of metal and metal clad buildings and Concrete Underpad Poly Barrier Foil Insulation designed to provide exceptional thermal value and a strong, permanent Vapour and Radon Barrier.


                        Metal Building Reflective Insulation

                        Product:

                        • Series 2520 Double Bubble Foil Insulation
                        • rFOILTM Reflective Insulation is a Double Bubble layer of Polyethylene bubbles bonded to and sandwiched between a radiant barrier metalized foil and white polyethylene sheet
                        • rFOILTM is specifically designed to control heat gain or loss, and to prevent interior condensation in all types of metal and metal-clad buildings
                        • rFOILTM meets ASTM E84-09 Fire Test Class 1 / Class A testing
                        • Square edge, tab 1 side, tab 2 sides, QuickSeam adhesive strip
                        • Thickness: 5/16” (double)
                        • Available sizes:
                          • 6’ x 125’
                          • 8’ x 125’

                        Features:

                        • Reflective metalized aluminum surface facing – lowers heating/cooling costs
                        •  Blocks 97% of radiant heat transfer
                        •  Multi-layer bubble core – does not retain moisture or mould, superior puncture resistance
                        •  White interior facing option – easy to clean, safe, non-toxic and non-carcinogenic
                        •  Practical Tab/Edge options – improves vapour-sealing efforts, UV-resistant
                        •  QuickSeam (adhesive tape on tab) – various tab options ensure continuous vapour and condensation barrier

                        Applications:

                        • Pre-engineered steel buildings, post frame / pole barns, agricultural buildings, residential metal roofs, mini-storage units and livestock confinement

                        Notes:

                        • Cannot be used under concrete
                        •  Install with white side facing down

                        Specifications:

                        SPECIFICATIONS DOUBLE SINGLE
                        Nominal Thickness 5/16″ 3/16″
                        Weight 0.78 oz/ft² 0.47 oz/ft²
                        Temperature Range (ASTM C411) -50°F to 180°F (-45°C to 82°C)
                        Flame Spread (ASTM E84-05) 5 5
                        Smoke Development (ASTM E84-05) 5 5
                        Fire Rating (ASTM E84-05) Class 1 Class 1
                        Emissivity (ASTM C1371) 0.03 – 0.04 0.03 – 0.04
                        Reflectivity (ASTM 3903) 0.96 – 0.97 0.96 – 0.97
                        Water Vapour Permeance <0.01 Perms <0.01 Perms
                        (ASTM E96, ONGC 51.33-M89)
                        Tensile & Elongation (ASTM D882) Maching 69 lbs/sq. in (173%)
                        Tensile & Elongation (ASTM D882) Transverse 75 lbs/sq.
                        Linear Shrinkage None
                        Flexibility – CAN/CGSB-51.33 M89 No Cracking
                        Resistance to Fungi & Bacteria Does not promote growth

                        Concrete Underpad Poly Barrier Foil Insulation

                        Concrete Underpad Poly Barrier Foil Insulation diagram

                        Product:

                        • Series 4320 Double Bubble Concrete Foil Insulation with clear poly on reverse side
                        • rFOILTM Concrete Underpad is an outstanding Reflective Insulation and puncture-resistant Vapour Barrier
                        • rFOILTM meets ASTM E84-09 Fire Test Class 1 / Class A testing.
                        • rFOILTM Concrete Underpad provides exceptional thermal value and a strong, permanent Vapour and Radon Barrier (7 mil)
                        • Square edge, tab 1 side, tab 2 sides, Quick Seam adhesive strip
                        • Thickness: 5/16” (double)
                        • Available sizes:
                          • 6’ x 125’
                        • White Poly Tape, 2” x 150’ Roll

                        Features:

                        • Reflective metalized aluminum facing (installed face down) – redirects radiant heat energy back to living area and provides a faster reaction time for Radiant Floor heating
                        • Multi-layer 7 mil bubble core – provides a continuous Thermal Break below the slab, strong puncture resistance and tear strength. Outstanding Vapour and Radon Barrier will also insulate the edge-slab and outside of foundation
                        • Lightweight flexible materials – just unroll, overlap and tape the seams.
                          • Ideal for edge-slab insulation and expansion joints;
                          • Easily folds up at perimeter footing

                        Applications:

                        • Insulating under concrete slabs, beneath concrete over-pours, edge-slabs and expansion joints
                        • Install with clear Poly side facing up

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Agri Plus Insulation
                        image of Agri Plus Insulation

                        Product Sheet

                        Agri Plus Insulation

                        Agway’s AGRI Plus Insulation is a Blanket Insulation that comes with a Vapour Barrier. It features an R Value = 7.0. Ideal for livestock confinement areas, riding arenas workshops, storage sheds and pack barns. It brightens an interior due to high light reflectance.


                        Blanket Insulation c/w Vapour Barrier

                        Features

                        • R Value = 7.0
                        • A fibred flexible blanket of insulation faced with a white reinforced vapour barrier
                        • Controls condensation
                        • Permanent cost-effective thermal performance; keeps building warm in winter, cool in summer
                        • Brightens interiors due to high light reflectance
                        • Effective vapour retarder
                        • Economical and easy to install in new or existing buildings
                        • Ideal for livestock confinement areas, riding areans, workshops, storage sheds, pack barns

                        Thickness

                        • 2” Thick x 48” Wide x Custom Length
                        • 2” Thick x 48” Wide x 22’ Roll
                        • 2” Thick x 48” Wide x 50’ Roll
                        • Other thicknesses available. (Allow 1-2 weeks for delivery)

                        Orders From Stock

                        22′ or 50′ Rolls

                        Custom Order

                        Any length, Minimum 5,000 sq.ft.  (Allow 7 business days for delivery)

                        Installation

                        1. Roll out insulation as evenly as possible. Allow 2’ extra for Roof rolls and 1’ extra for walls.
                        2. Pull down to smooth out facing and temporarily secure in place (vice-grips, clamps, etc.)
                        3. Butt rolls closely together and fasten tabs per instructions.
                        4. Pull tabs back through and staple with plier stapler (Arrow P-22 or equal) every 6”. Fold tab over and staple between each original staple.
                        5. Fasten metal sheet according to manufacturer’s instructions.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Chimney Flashings
                        image of Chimney Flashings

                        Product Sheet

                        Chimney Flashings

                        Agway Chimney Kits are available in two sizes – 24” (610 mm) for single chimney and 44” (1118 mm) for double – in four standard colours, including Black, Charcoal, Coffee and Dark Brown (custom colours are also available, but will require wait times). Agway flashings include: Back Pan Flashing; Counter Flashing; End Wall Flashing and Step Flashing, and all are in 29 gauge. Kits come complete with detailed installation instructions.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        Install Diagram

                        Chimney Flashings installation diagram

                        Chimney Kits are available in two sizes:

                        • 28” Single Chimney
                        • 44” Double Chimney (shown)

                        Stock Colours

                        • QC18262 Black
                        • QC18306 Charcoal
                        • QC18326 Coffee
                        • QC18229 Dark Brown

                        * Other colours available – allow 2-3 weeks

                        Flashings

                        Note: All flashings in 29 ga.

                        back pan flashingcounter flashingend wall flashing

                        step flashing

                        Chimney Kit Installation

                        Note: For Re-Roof applications, strip and clean around existing chimneys make any required repairs to the substrate and chimney.

                        1. Install ice and water protector around the chimney, starting at the bottom and proceeding up the sides, finishing at the top. The top should have a minimum of 24” up the roof and 4” up the chimney; the sides and bottom having 8” on the roof and 4” up the chimney.
                        2. Install the shingle to fit around the chimney; the sealing line should be within 3” of the chimney.
                        3. Install the End Wall Flashing, trim and notch the flashing to extend past the chimney on the roof, and bend the sides up the chimney. Fasten to the roof.  Apply a quality butyl sealant at each corner up the roof a minimum of 8″.
                        4. Start the Step Flashing over the End Wall Flashing and apply a quality butyl sealant on each edge of the step flashing. Continue with each StepFlashing up the sides, finishing at the top by trimming and bending around the top.
                        5. Install the Back Pan Flashing at the top of the chimney and extend beyond the sides of the chimney by at least 3”.
                        6. Install the Counter Flashing on the sides over the Step Flashing. Trim the Counter Flashing to butt to the Back Pan Flashing and over the End Wall Flashing. Fasten into the chimney at 12” centres down the sides and fasten at the front of the End Wall Flashing using waterproof fasteners.
                        7.  Apply a quality butyl sealant into the bird’s mouth portion of the Back Pan, Counter and End Wall Flashings. Also apply sealant to the Counter Flashing where it butts against the Back Pan on the vertical seam.

                        Install Diagram

                        Chimney Flashings installation diagram

                        Chimney Kits are available in two sizes:

                        • 711 mm Single Chimney
                        • 1118 mm Double Chimney (shown)

                        Stock Colours

                        • QC18262 Black
                        • QC18306 Charcoal
                        • QC18326 Coffee
                        • QC18229 Dark Brown

                        * Other colours available – allow 2-3 weeks

                        Flashings

                        Note: All flashings in 29 ga.

                        back pan flashingcounter flashingend wall flashing

                        stp flashing

                        Chimney Kit Installation

                        Note: For Re-Roof applications, strip and clean around existing chimneys make any required repairs to the substrate and chimney.

                        1. Install ice and water protector around the chimney, starting at the bottom and proceeding up the sides, finishing at the top. The top should have a minimum of 610 mm up the roof and 102 mm up the chimney; the sides and bottom having 203 mm on the roof and 102 mm up the chimney.
                        2. Install the shingle to fit around the chimney; the sealing line should be within 76 mm of the chimney.
                        3. Install the End Wall Flashing, trim and notch the flashing to extend past the chimney on the roof, and bend the sides up the chimney. Fasten to the roof.  Apply a quality butyl sealant at each corner up the roof a minimum of 203 mm.
                        4. Start the Step Flashing over the End Wall Flashing and apply a quality butyl sealant on each edge of the step flashing. Continue with each StepFlashing up the sides, finishing at the top by trimming and bending around the top.
                        5. Install the Back Pan Flashing at the top of the chimney and extend beyond the sides of the chimney by at least 76 mm.
                        6. Install the Counter Flashing on the sides over the Step Flashing. Trim the Counter Flashing to butt to the Back Pan Flashing and over the End Wall Flashing. Fasten into the chimney at 305 mm centres down the sides and fasten at the front of the End Wall Flashing using waterproof fasteners.
                        7.  Apply a quality butyl sealant into the bird’s mouth portion of the Back Pan, Counter and End Wall Flashings. Also apply sealant to the Counter Flashing where it butts against the Back Pan on the vertical seam.
                        image of Standard Flashings RES
                        image of Standard Flashings RES

                        Product Sheet

                        Standard Flashings RES

                        Agway has everything needed to make it easy to install a new long-lasting, great-looking residential roof. In addition to our celebrated metal roof systems, we offer a complete line of standard flashings and trims to finish off the great looks of your new roof. Our standard metal trims are 10’ – 0” long, but are also available up to 20’ – 0”(some exceptions apply); as well, custom flashings which are available on request. Our standard line includes flashings to conceal exposed fasteners as well as Eave/Gable Starters, Endwalls & Valleys, Vents, Ridges and Snow Stops.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        PROFILE LIST

                        Diamond Rib
                        Diamond rib
                        Century Rib
                        century rib
                        Optimum Rib
                        optimum rib
                        Lo Rib
                        Lo rib
                        Nail Strip
                        nail strip
                        Snap Lock
                        snap lock
                        AR Standing Seam
                        AR Standing seam
                        Ultima Residential Cladding
                        Ultima residential cladding

                        Typical Flashings

                        EAVE AND GABLE STARTERS

                        1211 eave starter#53 brake form eave starter#55 gable starter

                        #54 eave starter#56 eave/gable starter#56 eave/gable starter angle

                        #57 eave/gable starter#57 eave/gable starter angle

                        ENDWALLS

                        #117 endwall#117 endwall 90 deg
                        g-46 endwallg-46 endwall instruction

                        OTHER FLASHINGS

                        #75 step flashingg-25 eave trim#114 hip flashing
                        g-29 high low flashingg-29 high low flashing instruction
                        a-27 gable capa-27 gable cap instruction

                        RIDGES

                        #110 (b-44) cottage ridge#110 (b-44) cottage ridge instruction#100 ridge cover
                        g-34 expansion ridge coverg-34 expansion ridge cover instruction1170 vented endwall
                        1210 ridge coverg-37 (1530) ridge/hip coverg-37 ride/hip cover instruction

                        SNOW CONTROL

                        #80 2deg snow control#85 3deg snow control#80 2deg snow control insert
                        #85 3deg snow control insertstandard sno gemjunior sno gem
                        snobarssnobars installation adhesive

                        VALLEYS

                        #60 v-valley#70 w-valley#71 commercial v-valley
                        #72 commercial w-valley

                        RIDGE VENTS

                        1200 deflector flange#40v vented endwall end cap1170 vented endwall

                        1171 mono slope vented endwall1200 ridge vent

                        PROFILE LIST

                        Diamond Rib
                        diamond rib
                        Century Rib
                        century rib
                        Optimum Rib
                        optimum rib
                        Lo Rib
                        lo rib
                        Nail Strip
                        nail strip
                        Snap Lock
                        snap lock
                        AR Standing Seam
                        AR Standing seam
                        Ultima Residential Cladding
                        ultima residential cladding

                        Typical Flashings

                        EAVE AND GABLE STARTERS

                        1211 eave starter#53 brake form eave starter#55 gable starter

                        #54 eave starter#56 eave/gable starter#56 eave/gable starter angle

                        #57 eave/gable starter#57 eave/gable starter angle

                        ENDWALLS

                        #117 endwall angle#117 endwall

                        g-46 endwallg-46 endwall instruction

                        OTHER FLASHINGS

                        #75 step flashingg-25 eave trim#114 hip flashing

                        g-29 high low flashingg-29 high low flashing instruction

                        a-27 gable capa-27 gable cap instruction

                        RIDGES

                        #110 (b-44) cottage ridge#110 (b-44) cottage ridge instruction#100 ridge cover

                        g-34 expansion ridge coverg-34 expansion ridge cover instruction1170 vented endwall

                        1210 ridge coverg-37 (1530) ridge/hip coverg-37 ride/hip cover instruction

                        SNOW CONTROL

                        #80 51mm snow control#85 76mm snow control#80 51mm snow control insert
                        #85 76mm snow control insertstandard sno gemjunior sno gem
                        snobarssnobars installation adhesive

                        VALLEYS

                        #60 v-valley#70 w-valley#71 commercial v-valley

                        #72 commercial w-valley

                        RIDGE VENTS

                        1200 deflector flange#40v vented endwall end cap1170 vented endwall

                        1171 mono slope vented endwall1200 ridge vent


                        SPRINGHOUSE SHINGLES – STEEL ROOFING INSTALLATION VIDEO

                        Resources


                        Measurement Type


                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles
                        image of Springhouse Steel Shingles

                        Installation Video

                         


                        Product Sheet

                        Springhouse Steel Shingles

                        The Strength and durability of Steel is now available in a shingle style roof. Integrating uncompromised style and design elegance with superior engineering, quality and durability, SPRINGHOUSE SHINGLES™ offer all the benefits of metal roofing in a shingle profile. In addition to faithfully replicating the appearance of traditional shingled roofs, these shingles come with the guaranteed peace of mind that the new roof will last a lifetime. So, over that lifetime of the roof, SPRINGHOUSE SHINGLES eliminate the inconvenience of future roof installations and actually cost less over the full life-time of your home.

                        A traditional residential roof made with asphalt shingles starts deteriorating the moment it’s installed. Springhouse steel shingles mean you no longer have to choose between appearance and long life. Offering the strength of steel, Springhouse shingles can withstand winds of 120 mph and are impervious to everything nature throws at them, including hail, moisture, extreme weather and temperatures and pollutants. They are also immune to damage from termites, molds and other destructive pests, and able to shed snow, which helps prevent the formation of ice dams and the resulting potential damage. Springhouse steel shingles are, literally, maintenance-free for life.

                        Springhouse shingles can be installed over an existing roof, thereby reducing waste and environmental pollution, while eliminating the costs of removing and disposing of old shingles. In addition, all the metal in Springhouse shingles is 100% recyclable.

                        Available in a wide selection of gorgeous colours and finishes, Springhouse steel shingles will elevate the aesthetics of a roof to new heights of beauty, while complementing the home it protects, as well as its natural surroundings. It’s the last roof you’ll install on your home.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                         

                        Dimensions & Specifications

                        • Maintenance free
                        • KYNAR 500 Paint System
                        • Granite Deep Mat colour system
                        • Can be applied over existing asphalt shingles
                        • Walkable – you can walk on this material without causing damage
                        • 8 standard colours, other colours / finishes available upon request
                        • Textured finish
                        • No exposed cut edges
                        • Concealed fasteners
                        • Long life span
                        • Transferable Warranty

                         

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE
                        MIN/MAX
                        MATERIAL
                        THICKNESS
                        MIN/MAX
                        SHEET
                        LENGTH
                        SHINGLE
                        SIZE
                        3/12 – 12/12 0.015 in 10 3/4” x 34 1/2”
                        image of profile picture in metric

                         

                        Dimensions & Specifications

                        • Maintenance free
                        • KYNAR 500 Paint System
                        • Granite Deep Mat colour system
                        • Can be applied over existing asphalt shingles
                        • Walkable – you can walk on this material without causing damage
                        • 8 standard colours, other colours / finishes available upon request
                        • Textured finish
                        • No exposed cut edges
                        • Concealed fasteners
                        • Long life span
                        • Transferable Warranty

                         

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE
                        MIN/MAX
                        MATERIAL
                        THICKNESS
                        MIN/MAX
                        SHEET
                        LENGTH
                        SHINGLE
                        SIZE
                        3/12 – 12/12 0.381 mm 27 cm x 88 cm
                        image of Lo-Rib
                        image of Lo-Rib

                        Lo-Rib

                        Among the most economical panels on the market, Agway’s lightweight Lo-rib profile is ideal for use on high sloped roofs, or as exterior and interior siding. Lo-Rib installs easily and adds a professional finish to any structure. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Lo Rib profile, combined with available trims, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 10 600 37.55
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 254 15.24 954

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.560 80
                        0.0135 0.626 80
                        0.0180 0.813 50
                        0.0240 1.037 33
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 2.73 550
                        0.343 3.06 550
                        0.457 3.97 345
                        0.610 5.06 230
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib

                        Diamond Rib

                        Available in 30 Ga to 22 Ga, Agway’s extremely popular and versatile Diamond rib profile can be used as a roof or wall cladding for your residential project. Diamond Rib is available in multiple colours and two widths, further enhancing it’s versatility.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        30 22 16 480 30
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914
                        30 22 406 12.92 780

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0221 0.0202 0.0144
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0227 0.0203 0.0152
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0381 0.0361 0.0227
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0550 0.0498 0.0302
                        0.0300 1.51 33 0.0683 0.0637 0.0376
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 1.19 1.09 0.0196
                        0.343 3.46 550 1.22 1.09 0.0207
                        0.457 4.52 230 2.04 1.94 0.0309
                        0.610 5.94 230 2.96 2.68 0.0412
                        0.762 7.36 230 3.67 3.42 0.0514
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib

                        Century Rib

                        Economical and easy-to-install, Agway’s Century Rib profile is our most popular product for residential roof applications. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Century Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete roofing solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0108 0.0091 0.0078
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0121 0.0099 0.0088
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0161 0.0144 0.0117
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0213 0.0199 0.0155
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 0.581 0.487 0.0102
                        0.343 3.46 550 0.653 0.530 0.0115
                        0.457 4.52 230 0.865 0.775 0.0153
                        0.610 5.94 230 1.14 1.07 0.0204
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam

                        Product Sheet

                        AR Standing Seam

                        Our Standing Seam AR metal roofing is available in 24 and 22 gauge, in variable widths and with side lap rib heights of 1”, 1 ½” or 2” (27.94 mm, 38.1 mm or 50.8 mm). Agway’s AR series also features optional, two-piece expansion clips to accommodate movement of the roof, and can be seamed at either 90º or180º. With a 180º seam and optional seam caulking, panels can be used on low slopes (AR-38 down to 1.5/12 and AR-50 down to 0.5/12).

                        Unlike many traditional alternatives like slate or tile, our Standing Seam Profile is easy to install, more cost effective, 100% recyclable and facilitates more creativity in design. In fact, this profile can even be curved!

                        Whether you choose a profile from our Standing Seam, Nail Strip, or Snap Lock roof cladding systems, the result will be a stunning, architecturally distinctive roof that installs easily and has no exposed fasteners. All these durable Agway roof cladding products are available in a full range of stock colours, in variable panel widths, and with optional stiffening flutes. All are single skin applications and must be applied over a solid substrate and waterproof membrane, using clips at a maximum of 2’ centres. A full range of flashings and accessories are available from Agway to complete your project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        AR-25 3/12 – 12/12 0.018 – 0.030″ 2′ 6″ – 45′ 6″ – 28″
                        AR-38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.018 – 0.030″ 2′ 6″ – 45′ 6″ – 28″
                        AR-50 0.5/12 – 12/12 0.018 – 0.030″ 2′ 6″ – 45′ 8″ – 24.5″

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For AR-25, AR-38 or AR-50 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 48”

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE AR-25 AR-38 AR-50
                        26 21.06″ 20.06″ 18.52″
                        24 21.06″ 20.06″ 18.52″
                        22 21.06″ 20.06″ 18.52″

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Concealed hold-down clips
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • Optional two-piece expansion clip to accommodate roof movement
                        • 24 gauge can be seamed 90° and 180°; 22 gauge can be seamed 90° only
                        • Butyl Tape is recommended in 90° seams
                        • Able to be curved – minimum sheet length 5’-0”

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that AR Series profiles be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 2’ centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        • Mechanical and Hand Seamer required. For seamer purchase & rental visit the D.I. Roof Seamers website – or by calling D.I. Roof Installers at 1-888-343-0456

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        fiexd clip and expansion clip

                         

                        Overlap Seaming Options

                        90deg seaming stages T-style and 180deg seaming stages I-style

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        AR-25 3/12 – 12/12 0.457 – 0.762 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 152 – 711 mm
                        AR-38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.457 – 0.762 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 152 – 711 mm
                        AR-50 0.5/12 – 12/12 0.457 – 0.762 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 203 – 622 mm

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For AR-25, AR-38 or AR-50 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 1,219 mm

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE AR-25 AR-38 AR-50
                        26 535 mm 509.5 mm 470 mm
                        24 535 mm 509.5 mm 470 mm
                        22 535 mm 509.5 mm 470 mm

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Concealed hold-down clips
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • Optional two-piece expansion clip to accommodate roof movement
                        • Seam can be 90° or 180° (see illustration)
                        • Can be used on low slopes with a caulked 180° seam:
                          • AR-38 down to 1.5/12  and;
                          • AR-50 down to 0.5/12
                        • Able to be curved – minimum sheet length: 1.52m

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that AR Series profiles be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 610 mm centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        • Mechanical and Hand Seamer required. For seamer purchase & rental visit the D.I. Roof Seamers website – or by calling D.I. Roof Installers at 1-888-343-0456

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        fixed clip and expansion clip

                         

                        Overlap Seaming Options

                        90deg seaming stages T-style and 180deg seaming stages I-style

                        image of Platinum HT-SA Underlayment
                        image of Platinum HT-SA Underlayment
                        image of Platinum HT-SA Underlayment
                        image of Platinum HT-SA Underlayment

                        Product Sheet

                        Platinum HT-SA Underlayment

                        Introducing PLATINUM HT-SA our premium high temperature self- adhering roofing underlayment that combines the superior slip resistant GRIPSPOT technology developed by FT Synthetics with a high strength high temperature modified rubberized asphalt backing that has both low temperature (40°F / 4.4°C) deck adhesion, high temperature flow stability (240°F / 115°C) and a limited lifetime warranty. In addition, PLATINUM HT-SA has a split release silicone liner and a synthetic construction to inhibit mold growth.

                        PLATINUM HT-SA can be used in most types on installations whether they are commercial or residential. It can be used under metal, wood, asphalt & synthetic shingles, slate or tiles. PLATINUM HT-SA meets and exceeds required industry standards.


                         

                        • GRIPSPOT Technology for superior slip resistance
                        • Silicone treated split release line
                        • High temperature resistant to 240°F (115°C)
                        • Deck adhesion at 40°F (4.4°C)
                        • 180 day UV resistant
                        • Synthetic construction to inhibit mold growth
                        • NEW! LIFETIME limited warranty
                        • Meets and exceeds ASTM D1970

                        Specifications

                        platinum ht-sa specification tabe

                        Technical Data

                        platinum ht-sa technical data table

                        Installation Instruction

                        Caution: Always follow Safety Instruction, Building Codes and Safe Work Practices issues by the local Govt. bodies (e.g. OSHA / WCB)

                        PLATINUM HT-SA must be covered by a primary roof (Asphalt & Synthetic Shingles, Metal Roofing, Tiles, Slate, and Cedar Shakes) within 180 days. For best results HT-SA should be installed on a dry deck when the air, membrane, and substrate temperature is over 40°F (4.4°C). Priming is not required for attaching to wood deck when the temperature is above 40°F. Concrete and masonry decks should be primed with a solvent or a water based primer that meets ASTM D41 for asphalt based self-adhesive membranes.

                        For cold weather applications below 40°F (4.4°C) a primer should be used and the laps blind nailed. Blind nail with 3/8” head roofing nails of 1” or longer in the 3” over lap area.

                        HT-SA is recommend for roof slope applications 2:12 and above. For steep slope applications (6:12 or greater) or when installing at temperatures greater than 100°F (38°C) it is recommended to blind nail the overlap area as instructed above for cold weather applications.

                        HT-SA is to be laid out horizontally (parallel) to the eave with the printed side up, using 3″ side laps and 6″ end laps.

                        HT-SA may also be installed vertically. For vertical installation anchor with 3/8” head roofing nails along the upper most edge 3 inches down with 6 equally spaced nails across the 36” width. Ensure roofing nails are perpendicular to the roof deck so that the head lays flat and seals well to the top surface of the HT-SA using 3″ side laps and 6″ end laps.

                        Always work from the low point to the high point of the roof. Apply the membrane in valleys before the membrane is applied to the eaves.

                        Cut HT-SA to manageable lengths and position parallel to the edge of the roof. Peel back one side of the split release sheet approximately 4 in (10 cm) then apply as positioned to the roof deck. Continue peeling back one side of the split release sheet. Press down on HT-SA with a small rubber roller to increase adhesion to the roof deck. Peel back the remaining half of the split release liner and press down on the HT-SA to adhere to the roof deck again using a small roller to improve adhesion.

                        For eave installation HT-SA should be applied over the metal drip edge at the eave. Do not fold HT-SA over the roof edge unless the edge is subsequently covered over by a drip edge or other flashing material. It is recommended that HT-SA extend from the eave up the roof to a point 24” inside the exterior wall. This should be above the maximum ice dam buildup line in most areas. Consult your local building code for specific requirements.

                        For high elevation, high wind or wind driven rain it is recommended to cover the entire roof deck with HT-SA.

                        Safety Notification:

                        FT Synthetics Products are designed with the GRIPSPOT technology for better skid protection for the roofer but product may become slippery due to high moisture, frost, rain, water, dust, debris or other conditions. Use precautions when working on the roof. Follow all local and federal safety codes when installing any roofing system including FT Synthetics products. Failure to adhere to those procedures may result in serious injury or even death.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®
                        image of CONDENSTOP®

                         

                        CONDENSTOP®

                        Protect Your Livestock or Dry Goods From Potential Hazards of Condensation on Metal Roof Panels

                        Whenever the outside temperature drops below the dew point, condensation from water vapour will inevitably form on the interior of metal roof panels. And, whether the building is used to house and protect livestock, or simply to store dry goods, condensation poses serious threats that can potentially harm the building’s valuable contents.

                        For more than 15 years, CondenStop® has been preventing problems caused by moisture from condensation in metal buildings and roof systems, and offers a far superior solution to blankets and retarders in protecting insulation in open metal roof systems. Installing panels enhanced with CondenStop will also save on contractor labour and equipment costs associated with common fiberglass anti-condensation blankets. Featuring the industry’s most advanced technology, CondenStop remains the market leader in keeping building insulation and contents dry.


                        What’s the Harm in Excess Condensation? Plenty. - image

                         What’s the Harm in Excess Condensation? Plenty.

                        Condensation, sweating and dripping can have severe, adverse effects on the health and quality of life for livestock housed in agricultural shelters, as well as on the condition of goods stored in storage facilities and hangars. Other common but inefficient solutions for condensation problems – including insulated panels, or ventilation systems – are expensive and are not, in fact, required for thermal performance, whereas CondenStop® is both economical and a highly efficient pre-emptive solution to condensation in storage facilities.

                        CondenStop®  Eliminates Interior Roof Panel Condensation

                        Factory applied to roof panels by AGWAY Metals, lightweight CondenStop® offers an economical solution to prevent problems caused by condensation in metal buildings and roof systems used in agricultural, industrial and commercial buldings.

                        Ideal for new installations or retrofits, CondenStop employs technologically advanced layers of synthetic, nonwoven fleece, with unique Thermoplastic Microspheres, to absorb and store condensed water vapour, thereby managing/regulating interior humidity. Once the appropriate temperature and ventilation conditions return, moisture retained by CondenStop will once again evaporate into the ambient interior air through convection.

                        Thermoplastic microshippers 500X magnification

                        Advanced Technology is Key to CondenStop’s Efficiency

                        Because it exposes a very large surface area (up to 60 sq ft per each sq ft of fleece), the distribution of large and small pores in CondenStop’s creates the critical characteristics required to retain/store extraordinary volumes of moisture to prevent sweating and dripping of metal roofs. In fact, each 

ConenStop’s unique combination of fibers and microspheres results in an unparalleled Time-to-Drip. Just a few hours till drip formation is not sufficient, building owners and users need a drip-free, sweat-free building 24/7.

                        Benefits of CondenStop® from AGWAY Metals Include:

                        • Eliminates condensation more effectively, for less cost
                        • Protects livestock, assets and investments from moisture related problems
                        • Saves time and money vs. other vapor barrier products
                        • Can be used in place of traditional vapor retarders
                        • Increases interior corrosion protection
                        • Light gray color enhances the interior appearance of an open frame roofs

                        Performance-Tested CondenStop® is Fully Warranted Against De-lamination for 20 Years.

                        Testing Methodology

                        The effects of corrosion on steel panels covered with CondenStop® was evaluated through the completion of cyclic condensation tests, in which three different steel sheets were used for testing; bare mild steel; hot dip galvanized steel; and zincalume. All sheets were directly exposed to a highly salt laden exterior environment. CondenStop® was tested by adhering, as would be done in practice, to the three different steel sheet types.

                        By cycle changing temperature and accelerated cooling and drying in an environmental chamber, condensation was created at the surface of the samples. After 250 and 500 condensation/drying cycles, the surfaces of the steel sheets were inspected visually and with the aid of an optical microscope. A second set of specimens was then tested to simulate a marine environment. This was done by applying a salt coating to the metal sheets before applying the CondenStop® membrane.

                        Test Conclusions

                        CondenStop® does not increase the corrosion of long run steel metal, not even on the cut edges. In fact, CondenStop® helps fight corrosion, even in a severe, marine environment.

                        Figure1 - Salt coated steel sample Figure2 - Salt coated steel sample with CONDENSTOP after 500 cycles

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus

                        Product Sheet

                        Stratus

                        Features:

                        • Manufactured in 26 Ga
                        • Custom lengths 12” to 384” (305 mm to 9.754 m)
                        • Concealed nailing strip with 3/4” x 3/16” Screw Slots on 2 1/2” centres (19.1 mm x 4.8 mm Screw Slots on 63.5 mm centres)
                        • Hidden fastener installation – secure with #10 x 1” Pancake Head screws Fasten in centre of slots – do not over-tighten

                        Applications:

                        • Accent Panel
                        • Vertical Wall Installation
                        • Horizontal Wall Installation

                        Note(s):

                        • Oil canning may be present due to various factors
                        • Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product

                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Stratus Perforated Soffit

                        Features:

                        • Custom lengths
                        • Continuous Perforation
                        • Available in 26 ga.
                        • Prepainted Steel
                        • Available in a variety of colours
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – secure with screws to underside of overhang

                         

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Perforated Soffit

                         

                        Air Flow Specs:

                        • 5.376 sq. ins. per lineal foot based on 14 perfs per foot x 8 rows of perfs x 0.06” deep x 0.4” long x 2 open sides
                        • Free air area of 3.7%
                        • Perforation pattern:

                        image of Stratus - Air flow

                        Stratus Flashing

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 J-TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0200 OPEN OS CORNERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0300 OPEN IS CORNER

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0400 DRIP STARTERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0500 JOINER TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0600 DIVIDER TRIM

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Stratus Perforated Soffit

                        Features:

                        • Custom lengths
                        • Continuous Perforation
                        • Available in 29, 26 and 24 ga.
                        • Prepainted Steel
                        • Available in a variety of colours
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – secure with screws to underside of overhang

                         

                         

                        image of ICI Soffits - Stratus Perforatted Soffits

                        Air Flow Specs:

                        • 5.376 sq. ins. per lineal foot based on 14 perfs per foot x 8 rows of perfs x 0.06” deep x 0.4” long x 2 open sides
                        • Free air area of 3.7%
                        • Perforation pattern:

                        image of Stratus - Airflow

                         

                        Stratus Flashing

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 J-TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0200 OPEN OS CORNERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0300 OPEN IS CORNER

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0400 DRIP STARTERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 JOINER TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 DIVIDER TRIM

                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12
                        image of HV-12

                        HV-12

                        Agway’s new HV-12 Profile Offers Architects More Commercial Cladding Choices for New Projects.

                        In its continuing efforts to provide architects with wider product selections and more options, Agway introduce our new HV-12 profile, designed expressly to make it easier for architects to infuse a subtle but unique aesthetic into the exterior of any commercial project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 20 10 540 12
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 20 254 13.72 305

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.87 33 0.0903 0.132 0.0817
                        0.036 2.23 33 0.120 0.158 0.106
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.85 230 4.84 7.10 0.111
                        0.914 10.6 230 6.45 8.50 0.144
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus
                        image of Stratus

                        Product Sheet

                        Stratus

                        Stratus Hidden Fastener Commercial Wall Cladding

                        Features:

                        • Manufactured in 26 Ga
                        • Custom lengths 12” to 384” (305 mm to 9.754 m)
                        • Concealed nailing strip with 3/4” x 3/16” Screw Slots on 2 1/2” centres (19.1 mm x 4.8 mm Screw Slots on 63.5 mm centres)
                        • Hidden fastener installation – secure with #10 x 1” Pancake Head screws Fasten in centre of slots – do not over-tighten

                        Applications:

                        • Accent Panel
                        • Vertical Wall Installation
                        • Horizontal Wall Installation
                        • Soffits

                        Note(s):

                        • Oil canning may be present due to various factors
                        • Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product

                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                         


                        Stratus Flashings

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 J-TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0200 OPENOS CORNERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0300 OPEN IS CORNERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0400 DRIP STARTERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0500 JOINER TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0600 DIVIDER TRIM

                        image of profile picture in metric

                         


                        Stratus Flashings

                        image of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 J-TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0200 OPEN OS CORNERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0300 OPEN IS CORNERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0400 DRIP STARTERimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0500 JOINER TRIMimage of Stratus - Stratus Flashing - #AASP0100 DIVIDER TRIM

                        image of Additional Operations
                        image of Additional Operations

                        Product Sheet

                        Additional Operations

                        Agway can provide you a customized material through its fabrication, punching and bending operations. Should your project material require perforations, punching, vertical or bubble ribs, SPV coating or cross breaking, Agway can deliver exactly what you need.


                        Available on 29/26/24 ga. Metal Flashings

                        Perforations

                        • Holes – 3/4” holes on 2” or 4” centres in 1, 2 or 3 Rows
                        • Slots – 1/8” x 1” slots in 1, 2 or 3 Rows to a max. length of 144”
                        • NOTE: 1 row of Slotted Perforations @ 240 slots/row gives the same amount of ventilation as either 2 rows of 3/4” holes on 4” centres or 1 row of 3/4” holes on 2” centres

                        Fly Screens

                        • 2” – 5” wide can be installed in any Vented Soffit

                        Punching (Minimum run size 50 pcs.)

                        • Maximum length: 12′ 0″
                        • Hole diameters from 1/8″ to 1″ in 1/16″ increments
                        • Holes on 1 1/4″ centres
                        • In 1, 2 or 3 rows

                        Ribs

                        • Bubble Rib or V-Rib
                        • Maximum length: Bubble Rib: 10’ – 0”  V-Rib: 20’ – 2”
                        • Rib Depth:             Bubble Rib: 1/2”        V-Rib: 1/2”

                        ribs

                        SPV Coating

                        • Application of protective plastic coating to flat sheets
                        • Available for 48″ lengths

                        Break Corner Box To Roofline

                        • From Corner box to roof pitch on gable side of building

                        Brake Forming

                        • Up to 20’ long in most shapes

                        brake formings

                         Crossbreaking

                        • A brake-formed cross added as stiffening to large flat surfaces of flashing

                        cross breaking

                        Custom Trim Bend Examples

                        “S” Lock

                        • Girth up to 48”

                        s-lock

                        Swaging

                        • Maximum thickness: 22 Gauge

                        swaging

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Fasteners
                        image of Fasteners

                        Product Sheet

                        Fasteners

                        Agway has a full complement of fasteners to accommodate every industrial, commercial, agricultural and residential project. From Metal to Wood to Metal to Metal Agway can offer both head and screw types ideal for the job. Agway’s selection guide gives you a first hand evaluation of the various tapping and self-drilling fasteners with recommended drill bit size where applicable.


                        Metal to Wood

                        metal to wood diagram

                        Drilling capacity: 24 gauge (0.024″)

                        Self drills through metal panel and taps into wood substrate.  Minimum penetration into substrate should be no less than 1″

                        Metal to Metal:  Self Drilling

                        metal to metal-self drilling diagram

                        Drilling capacity: 0.035″ – 0.210″

                        Thickness is based on normal, single thickness purlin/girt or multiple material thickness combined for total.

                        Minimum projection: 3/16″ of threads below substrate

                        Metal to Metal: Self -Tapping

                        metal to metal-self tapping diagram

                        Attachment thickness: 0.044″ – 0.075″

                         

                        METAL THICKNESS DRILL SIZE
                        0.021 – 0.026 1/8″ (0.125 mm)
                        0.027 – 0.050 3/16″ (0.187 mm)
                        0.051 – 0.075 #8 (0.199 mm)

                         

                        The hole size determines installation strength and pullout strength.

                        Thickness is based on normal, single thickness purlin/grit or multiple material thickness combined for total.

                        Minimum projections: 3/8″ of threads below substrate.

                        Head Types

                        head types

                        Screw Types

                        screw types

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts
                        image of Sub-Girts

                        Product Sheet

                        Roll Formed Sub Girts

                        Sub-Girts

                        Substructural Sub-Girts are used extensively in the attachment of roofing, siding, and soffits to a structure. Available components include Z-bars, Notched Z-Bars, Hats, Channels, Angles – which represent the broadest selection of cold-formed substructural components in the industry. Brake formed lengths are available in 10’, 16’ and 20’ lengths. Our roll formed Sub-Girts allow any custom lengths to be produced.


                        Standard Breakshapes

                        schemetic of different sub-grits

                        • Available in 22 to 12 Gauge Galvanized G-90 Grade 33
                        • Available in 10’, 16’ and 20’ lengths
                        • Length capabilities up to 20’
                        • Custom lengths available

                        Custom Operations

                        • Punching and Notching
                        • Brackets and Clips
                        • Flat Straps
                        • Custom Notched Bars to match any Cladding/Roofing Profile

                        Materials

                        • Stock – Galvanneal, Galvanized, Galvalume and Prepainted
                        • Also available in Aluminum and Stainless Steel

                        Roll Form Production

                        Agway has added new mills dedicated to the roll-forming of a variety of sub-girts. These mills augment the existing brake-formed sub-girt production.

                        Advantages:

                        • Roll-forming components leads to faster turnarounds and quicker delivery to the job site
                        • Produce all of the standard sub-girt forms in lengths of 10’, 16’ and 20’ with the added advantage of custom lengths up to 30’
                        • Automated pre punch, with the ability to punch ¼” holes on 4” centres on one flange/leg of a girt section.
                        • Can be used to produce our eave starter product, with a quick tooling change over

                        Pre Punch

                        The following forms are available for pre punch:

                        • 90º Angle
                        • Channel
                        • Z-Bar (notched and plain)
                        • U-Channel

                        Pre Punch Options:

                        • Random dimension from leading edge, holes punched 4” pitch, max length 30’
                        • First hole starts at 2” from leading edge, holes punched 4” pitch, last hole 2” from trailing edge. 10’ length only

                        Note: Holes will be positioned in the centre of the flange as standard. Custom positions are available upon request for an additional set up charge.

                        Exceptions for pre punched forms:

                        The following list of girt products that have a projection of less than 2” will not have the option of pre punched holes:

                        • 7/8” Z-Bar
                        • 1” Z-Bar
                        • 1 ½” Z-Bar
                        • 7/8” Hat Bar
                        • 1” Hat Bar
                        • 1 ½” Hat Bar

                        Brake Formed Sub-Girts

                        Z-Bar

                        Standard in 10′ 0″
                        (3048 mm Lengths)
                        Notched for AL-315
                        Profile in 31″ Lengths
                         schemetic for z-bar
                        NO NO DIMENSION X
                        Z-75 3/4″   (19 mm)
                        Z-100 1″   (25 mm)
                        Z-150 NZ-150 1-1/2″   (38 mm)
                        Z-200 NZ-200 2″   (51 mm)
                        Z-250 NZ-250 2-1/2″   (64 mm)
                        Z-300 NZ-300 3″   (76 mm)
                        Z-350 NZ-350 3-1/2″   (89 mm)
                        Z-400 NZ-400 4″   (102 mm)
                        Z-450 NZ-450 4-1/2″   (114 mm)
                        Z-500 NZ-500 5″   (127 mm)
                        Z-550 NZ-550 5-1/2″   (140 mm)
                        Z-600 NZ-600 6″   (152 mm)
                        Z-650 NZ-650 6-1/2″ (165 mm)
                        Z-700 NZ-700 7″ (178 mm)
                        Z-750 NZ-750 7-1/2″ (191 mm)
                        7-800 NZ-800 8″ (204 mm)

                         

                        U-Bar

                        Standard in 10′ 0″
                        (3048 mm Lengths)
                         schemitic for u-bar
                        NO DIMENSION X
                        U-75 3/4″   (19 mm)
                        U-100 1″   (25 mm)
                        U-150 1-1/2″   (38 mm)
                        U-200 2″   (51 mm)
                        U-250 2-1/2″   (64 mm)
                        U-300 3″   (76 mm)
                        U-350 3-1/2″   (89 mm)
                        U-400 4″   (102 mm)
                        U-450 4-1/2″   (114 mm)
                        U-500 5″   (127 mm)
                        U-550 5-1/2″   (140 mm)
                        U-600 6″   (152 mm)
                        U-650 6-1/2″ (165 mm)
                        U-700 7″ (178 mm)
                        U-750 7-1/2″ (191 mm)
                        U-800 8″ (204 mm)

                         

                        Hat Section

                        Standard in 10′ 0″
                        (3048 mm Lengths)
                        schematic for hat section
                        NO DIMENSION X DIMENSION YY
                        H-62 5/8″   (16 mm) 1-1/2″   (38 mm)
                        H-75 3/4″   (19 mm) 1-1/2″   (38 mm)
                        H-100 1″   (25 mm) 1 – 1/2″   (38 mm)
                        H-150 1-1/2″   (38 mm) 1-1/2″   (38 mm)
                        H-200 2″   (51 mm) 2″   (51 mm)
                        H-250 2-1/2″   (64 mm) 2-1/2″   (64 mm)
                        H-300 3″   (76 mm) 3 ”   (76 mm)

                         

                        •  18 Gauge Galvanized is standard.
                        • 16 or 14 Gauge available on request.
                        • Available in 10’-0”, 16’-0” and 20’-0” lengths.
                        • Custom sizes (not shown) can also be produced.
                        • Custom lengths available.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of CD75-300 | CD75-300 CL Galvanneal
                        image of CD75-300 | CD75-300 CL Galvanneal

                        CD75-300 | CD75-300 CL Galvanneal

                        The CD75-300 deck section features 3” flutes spaced 12” apart, with embossments rolled into the web elements that interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies: F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 mm 15.24 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.77 0.513 33 0.472 0.473 0.814
                        0.036 2.11 0.615 33 0.599 0.601 0.981
                        0.048 2.80 0.820 33 0.846 0.846 1.31
                        0.060 3.48 1.03 33 1.05 1.05 1.63
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.63 1085 230 25.3 25.4 1.11
                        0.914 10.3 1302 230 32.2 32.3 1.34
                        1.220 13.7 1736 230 45.5 45.5 1.79
                        1.520 17.0 2169 230 56.5 56.5 2.23

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        49.1 55.8 62.0 68.5 74.9
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        1.09 1.24 1.40 1.55 1.71
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        130 140 150 160 170
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        2.35 2.58 2.82 3.05 3.29
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.93 1.03 1.13 1.23 1.33
                        image of CD75-200 | CD75-200 CL Inverted Galvanneal
                        image of CD75-200 | CD75-200 CL Inverted Galvanneal

                        CD75-200 | CD75-200 CL Inverted Galvanneal

                        The CD75-200 deck section features 3” flutes spaced 8” apart, with embossments rolled into the web elements that interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies: F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 32"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1,219.2 mm 15.24 m 813 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        SPECIFIED WEB
                        CRIPPLING DATA(LB)
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        END
                        Pe1
                        END
                        Pe2
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi1
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi2
                        0.030 2.08 0.594 33 0.397 0.375 0.827 0.397 0.397 0.397 0.397
                        0.036 2.48 0.712 33 0.503 0.485 1.01 0.397 0.397 0.397 0.397
                        0.048 3.29 0.950 33 0.724 0.675 1.34 0.397 0.397 0.397 0.397
                        0.060 4.10 1.19 33 0.862 0.904 1.64 0.397 0.397 0.397 0.397
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 10.1 1257 230 21.3 20.1 1.13
                        0.914 12.1 1507 230 27.0 26.0 1.37
                        1.220 16.1 2010 230 38.8 36.2 1.83
                        1.520 20.0 2513 230 46.3 48.6 2.24

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        54.2 60.4 66.7 72.9 79.2
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        1.24 1.39 1.54 1.70 1.85
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        130 140 150 160 170
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        2.56 2.78 3.01 3.23 3.46
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        1.05 1.15 1.25 1.35 1.45
                        image of CD75-200 | CD75-200 CL Galvanneal
                        image of CD75-200 | CD75-200 CL Galvanneal

                        CD75-200 | CD75-200 CL Galvanneal

                        The CD75-200 deck section features 3” flutes spaced 8” apart, with embossments rolled into the web elements that interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies: F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 32"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 mm 15.24 m 813 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.08 0.594 33 0.375 0.397 0.677
                        0.036 2.48 0.712 33 0.485 0..503 0.880
                        0.048 3.29 0.95 33 0.675 0.724 1.27
                        0.060 4.10 1.19 33 0.862 0.904 1.64
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 10.1 1257 230 20.1 21.3 0.922
                        0.914 12.1 1507 230 26.0 27.0 1.20
                        1.220 16.1 2010 230 36.2 38.8 1.73
                        1.520 20.0 2513 230 46.3 48.6 2.24

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        41.5 47.8 54 60.3 66.5
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        0.92 1.08 1.23 1.39 1.54
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        130 140 150 160 170
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        1.98 2.21 2.43 2.66 2.68
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.79 0.89 0.99 1.09 1.19
                        image of CD75-150 | CD75-150 CL Inverted Galvanneal
                        image of CD75-150 | CD75-150 CL Inverted Galvanneal

                        CD75-150 | CD75-150 CL Inverted Galvanneal

                        The CD75-150 deck section features 3” flutes spaced 6” apart, with embossments rolled into the web elements that interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies: F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 24"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 mm 15.24 m 610 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.34 0.672 33 0.492 0.485 0.906
                        0.036 2.80 0.806 33 0.623 0.621 1.10
                        0.048 3.71 1.07 33 0.898 0.882 1.46
                        0.060 4.63 1.34 33 1.12 1.12 1.82
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 11.4 1421 230 26.4 26.0 1.24
                        0.914 13.7 1705 230 33.4 33.3 1.50
                        1.220 18.1 2274 230 48.2 47.4 2.00
                        1.520 22.6 2843 230 60.0 60.3 2.49

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        50.5 56.8 63.0 69.3 75.5
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        1.13 1.29 1.44 1.60 1.75
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        130 140 150 160 170
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        2.39 2.62 2.84 3.07 3.30
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.96 1.06 1.16 1.26 1.36
                        image of CD75-150 | CD75-150 CL Galvanneal
                        image of CD75-150 | CD75-150 CL Galvanneal

                        CD75-150 | CD75-150 CL Galvanneal

                        The CD75-150 deck section features 3” flutes spaced 6” apart, with embossments rolled into the web elements that interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies: F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 24"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1,219.2 mm 15.24 m 610 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.34 0.672 33 0.485 0.492 0.866
                        0.036 2.80 0.806 33 0.621 0.623 1.07
                        0.048 3.71 1.07 33 0.882 0.898 1.46
                        0.060 4.63 1.34 33 1.12 1.12 1.82
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 11.4 1421 230 26.0 26.4 1.18
                        0.914 13.7 1705 230 33.3 33.4 1.46
                        1.220 18.1 2274 230 47.4 48.2 2.00
                        1.520 22.6 2843 230 60.0 60.3 2.49

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        46.2 52.5 58.7 65.0 71.2
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        1.03 1.18 1.34 1.49 1.64
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        130 140 150 160 170
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        2.20 2.42 2.65 2.87 3.10
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.88 0.98 1.08 1.18 1.28
                        image of CD36 | CD36 CL Inverted Galvanized
                        image of CD36 | CD36 CL Inverted Galvanized

                        CD36 | CD36 CL Inverted Galvanized

                        Agway CD deck sections feature embossments rolled into the flutes, which interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies:
                        F816; F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 36" 540" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 914 mm 13.72 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.66 0.474 33 0.181 0.181 0.176
                        0.036 1.99 0.569 33 0.230 0.225 0.211
                        0.048 2.66 0.756 33 0.315 0.306 0.280
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.10 1004 230 9.82 9.89 0.241
                        0.914 9.72 1203 230 12.50 12.10 0.288
                        1.220 13.00 1600 230 16.90 16.50 0.383

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        45.9 52.1 58.4 64.4 70.9
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        1.07 1.22 1.37 1.53 1.68
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        100 110 120 130 140
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        2.07 2.30 2.52 2.75 2.97
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.86 0.96 1.06 1.16 1.26
                        image of CD36 | CD36 CL Galvanized
                        image of CD36 | CD36 CL Galvanized

                        CD36 | CD36 CL Galvanized

                        Agway CD deck sections feature embossments rolled into the flutes, which interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies:
                        F816; F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 36" 540" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 914 mm 13.72 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.66 0.474 33 0.184 0.194 0.163
                        0.036 1.99 0.569 33 0.226 0.233 0.207
                        0.048 2.66 0.756 33 0.307 0.315 0.280
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.10 1004 230 9.89 10.4 0.222
                        0.914 9.72 1203 230 12.10 12.50 0.281
                        1.220 13.00 1600 230 16.50 16.90 0.383

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        41.2 47.4 53.7 59.9 66.2
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        0.95 1.11 1.26 1.42 1.57
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        100 110 120 130 140
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        1.86 2.08 2.31 2.53 2.76
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.77 0.87 0.97 1.07 1.17
                        image of CD36 | CD36 CL Galvanneal
                        image of CD36 | CD36 CL Galvanneal

                        CD36 | CD36 CL Galvanneal

                        Agway’s CD deck sections feature embossments rolled into the flutes, which interlock with concrete to form an extremely lightweight, unified composite structure offering superior strength-to-weight ratios. In addition to supporting gravity loads, hybrid composite decks offer superb lateral diaphragm action, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for structural bracing against lateral loads, such as winds, hydrostatic pressures, and even earthquakes.

                        Agway CD deck sections are listed in the following ULC floor assemblies:
                        F816; F817; F904; F906.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 36" 540" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 914 mm 13.72 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf in2 ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.66 0.474 33 0.184 0.194 0.163
                        0.036 1.99 0.569 33 0.226 0.233 0.207
                        0.048 2.66 0.756 33 0.307 0.315 0.280
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        AREA OF
                        STEEL
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m in2 MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.10 1004 230 9.89 10.4 0.222
                        0.914 9.72 1203 230 12.10 12.50 0.281
                        1.220 13.00 1600 230 16.50 16.90 0.383

                        Composite Slab Properties

                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (IN)
                        4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
                        SLAB WEIGHT (PSF)
                        41.2 47.4 53.7 59.9 66.2
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (YD3/100FT2)
                        0.95 1.11 1.26 1.42 1.57
                        OVERALL SLAB DEPTH, D (MM)
                        100 110 120 130 140
                        SLAB WEIGHT (KPA)
                        1.86 2.08 2.31 2.53 2.76
                        CONCRETE VOLUME (M3/10M2)
                        0.77 0.87 0.97 1.07 1.17
                        image of RD75-300 | RD75-300 CL
                        image of RD75-300 | RD75-300 CL

                        RD75-300 | RD75-300 CL

                        From the Agway 75 Series of high strength-to-weight roof decking, the RD75-300 profile is a 36” wide panel featuring 3” deep flutes, spaced 12” apart, providing the strength needed for heavier duty applications.

                        Our structural roof deck sections are available in a wide range of gauges in Galvanneal, galvanized or prepainted finishes: these options enable customers to determine the optimal combination of strength, performance, and affordability that best satisfies project-specific criteria. Agway roof deck sections are also available in an acoustic format with pre-punched holes in the webs of the deck which combine with acoustic batt insulation to significantly reduce ambient noise within a structure.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 mm 15.24 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.77 33 0.472 0.473 0.814
                        0.036 2.11 33 0.599 0.601 0.982
                        0.048 2.80 33 0.846 0.846 1.31
                        0.060 3.48 33 1.05 1.05 1.63
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.6 230 25.4 25.4 1.09
                        0.914 10.3 230 32.1 32.1 1.34
                        1.22 13.7 230 45.5 45.5 1.79
                        1.52 17.0 230 56.6 56.6 2.23
                        image of RD75-200 | RD75-200 CL
                        image of RD75-200 | RD75-200 CL

                        RD75-200 | RD75-200 CL

                        One of the Agway 75 Series of high strength-to-weight roof decking, the RD75-200 profile is a 32” wide panel featuring 3” deep flutes, spaced 8” apart, providing the strength needed for heavier duty applications.

                        Our structural roof deck sections are available in a wide range of gauges in Galvanneal, galvanized or prepainted finishes: these options enable customers to determine the optimal combination of strength, performance, and affordability that best satisfies project-specific criteria. Agway roof deck sections are also available in an acoustic format with pre-punched holes in the webs of the deck which combine with acoustic batt insulation to significantly reduce ambient noise within a structure.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 32"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 mm 15.24 m 813 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.08 33 0.375 0.397 0.677
                        0.036 2.48 33 0.485 0.503 0.880
                        0.048 3.29 33 0.675 0.724 1.27
                        0.060 4.10 33 0.862 0.904 1.64
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 10.1 230 20.1 21.3 0.922
                        0.914 12.1 230 26.0 27.0 1.20
                        1.22 16.1 230 36.2 38.8 1.73
                        1.52 20.0 230 46.3 48.6 2.24
                        image of RD75-150 | RD75-150 CL
                        image of RD75-150 | RD75-150 CL

                        RD75-150 | RD75-150 CL

                        Agway’s 75 series roof deck panels offer the highest strength-to-weight ratios available; the RD75-150 profile is a 24” wide panel featuring 3” deep flutes, spaced 6” apart, resulting in our strongest roof deck offering.

                        Our structural roof deck sections are available in a wide range of gauges in Galvanneal, galvanized or prepainted finishes: these options enable customers to determine the optimal combination of strength, performance, and affordability that best satisfies project-specific criteria. Agway roof deck sections are also available in an acoustic format with pre-punched holes in the webs of the deck which combine with acoustic batt insulation to significantly reduce ambient noise within a structure.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48" 600" 24"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 mm 15.24 m 610 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.34 33 0.485 0.492 0.866
                        0.036 2.80 33 0.621 0.624 1.07
                        0.048 3.71 33 0.882 0.898 1.46
                        0.060 4.63 33 1.12 1.12 1.82
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 11.7 230 26.0 26.4 1.18
                        0.914 13.7 230 33.3 33.4 1.46
                        1.22 18.1 230 47.4 48.2 2.00
                        1.52 22.6 230 60.0 60.3 2.49
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL
                        image of RD36 | RD36 CL

                        RD36 | RD36 CL

                        The RD36 profile is Agway’s most popular roof deck section and is the preferred deck section for industrial/commercial applications.

                        Our structural roof deck sections are available in a wide range of gauges in Galvanneal, galvanized or prepainted finishes: these options enable customers to determine the optimal combination of strength, performance, and affordability that best satisfies project-specific criteria. Agway roof deck sections are also available in an acoustic format with pre-punched holes in the webs of the deck which combine with acoustic batt insulation to significantly reduce ambient noise within a structure.

                        Bundled deck produced from either Galvanneal or G90 Galvanized coated steel is susceptible to storage stain when exposed to the elements. This staining is superficial only and is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        For more information, refer to CSSBI Fact Sheet #33


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/240 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 36" 540" 36"
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 914 mm 13.72 m 914 mm

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.69 33 0.184 0.194 0.163
                        0.036 2.02 33 0.226 0.233 0.204
                        0.048 2.68 33 0.307 0.315 0.208
                        0.060 3.33 33 0.387 0.389 0.349
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.27 230 9.89 10.4 0.223
                        0.914 9.86 230 12.1 12.5 0.278
                        1.22 13.1 230 16.5 16.9 0.382
                        1.52 16.3 230 20.8 20.9 0.476
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels
                        image of Flat Lock Panels

                        Flat Lock Panels

                        The design of Agway Metals Flat Lock Wall and  Roofing Panels is based on a modular panel system which results in delivering a more traditional rectangular design. The versatile panel is available in various sizes which allows the option to mix and match in order to create a more unique design. The Flat Lock panel system utilizes concealed clips and fasteners which results in a more appealing and attractive panel exposure.

                        The versatility of the Flat Lock panel allows for very fast and easy installation which makes it very affordable for residential as well as commercial use.


                        Flat Panel Size

                        Flat Lock Panels are available in standard sizes with a horizontal coverage of 36” (914 mm) and a vertical coverage of 16” (406 mm) allowing for a 1” (25 mm) hem. The actual coverage area would be 33” x 13” (838 mm x 76 mm).

                        Flat Panel Weight

                        Flat Lock panels are available in 26 and 24 gauge.

                        Available Material

                        Rheinzink, Plain or Prepainted Steel, Indaten, aluminum and copper.

                        Available Colours

                        With a choice of over 40 stock and special colours available including the Perspectra Plus Series, KYNAR 500 and the GraniteDeep Mat colours you have a wide variety of colour and design options available to you.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes
                        image of Plain Finishes

                        Plain Finishes

                        Galvanized

                        The principle reason for Galvanizing is to protect the steel from corrosion. Galvanized coating is essentially pure zinc. Cold rolled steel is dipped into a bath of molten zinc (hence the name Hot-dipped Galvanized). The coating weight is controlled by “air knives” which adjust to produce the desired coating.

                        The coating thickness chosen will have a direct impact on the life of the material. Agway uses G90 (imperial) or Z275 (metric) coating weight to insure a long life for the product. G90 Coating contributes about 1.6 mils (0.0016 inches) of thickness to the final coated sheet (or 0.0008 inches of zinc to each side of the material).

                        Zinc provides outstanding anti-corrosion performance for the steel substrate due to a slow oxidation rate and protective sacrificial action, which inhibits corrosion of the steel. The material is passivated and left “dry” or un-oiled. This passivation process provides increased protection to the coating by immersing the material in an acid solution which removes any “free iron” contamination. This contamination can result in premature corrosion of the material. Another result of passivation is the formation of a transparent oxide film that also protects the material from corrosion. The material is then temper rolled to insure a smooth surface.

                        Galvanized steel conforms to the general requirements of ASTM A-653/653M

                        Galvanneal / LZC / Satin coat /Wipe coat

                        After the galvanizing process and while the zinc is still in liquid form, the steel is annealed by passing the material through a furnace. Once the material is annealed, the coating becomes an iron-zinc alloy rather than a free zinc coating as in Galvanized material. This process provides a smoother matt finish, which improves adhesion for painted applications. Many Galvanneal products are painted after fabrication. Galvanneal material offers more corrosion resistance then cold rolled material, and improved spot-weldability over Galvanized material. The baked zinc coating on Galvanneal material is harder than Galvanized material, which makes it extremely scratchresistant. Agway uses ZF75 Coating weight to insure a long life of the product. The cost of Galvanneal material is less then Galvanized material.

                        Galvanneal material conforms to the general requirements of ASTM A-653/653M

                        Galvalume Plus®

                        Galvalume material has approximately 55% aluminum and 45% zinc coating placed onto the steel strip by the hot dip process. The coating is chemically bonded to the steel and has a clear organic resin coating over the aluminum and zinc. This resin is applied to both sides of the material and is then thermally cured. This coating has a high resistance to storage stain. Galvalume material has at least twice the corrosion resistance of Galvanized material with the same coating thickness. Galvalume Plus is ideal for unpainted roofing and siding, the surface is bright with a fine spangle, and has a high heat reflctivity. However, the end user should be aware that plain Galvalume material may display some variations in aesthetic finish quality and a high degree of consistency cannot be guaranteed. There is no need for chemical treatments or vanishing oil; this helps to minimize fingerprints when handling. Agway uses AZ50 (imperial) or AZM150 (metric) for the coating weight to insure a long life of the product.

                        Galvalume® material conforms to the general requirements of ASTM A792/792M

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Eavestroughs & Accessories
                        image of Eavestroughs & Accessories

                        Eavestroughs & Accessories

                        From Downspout to Pipe Straps, Agway has everything you’ll ever need for your metal roofing project.. In addition to our standard flashings, available in a full range of gauges, we also offer our 1500 Series Eavestroughs and Accessories, designed specifically for metal roof projects.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        Features

                        • Available in 22, 24 and 26 ga.
                        • Prepainted and Galvanized steel
                        • Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel, Indaten™ and Zinc
                        • Custom sizes available on request
                        • Available in 10’-0”, 16’-3” and 20’-2” lengths

                        Note:

                        Swaging is available on request for overlap on Gutter but is not provided as a standard

                        1580 eavestrough1581 eavestrough1590 one-piece eavestrough mounting bracket installation

                        1500 Series Eavestrough Accessories

                        1582 downspout1589 open downspout1583 end cap (L-R)

                        1584 drop-in-outlet1585 trough mounting bkt.1580/1581 specify outside/inside mitre

                        1588 75deg elbow1586 pipe strap1587 pipe bracket

                        Features

                        • Available in 22, 24 and 26 ga.
                        • Prepainted and Galvanized steel
                        • Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel, Indaten™ and Zinc
                        • Custom sizes available on request
                        • Available in 3.1m, 5m and 6.2m lengths

                        Note:

                        Swaging is available on request for overlap on Gutter but is not provided as a standard

                        1580 eavestroughG-60 eavestrough1590 one-piece eavestrough mounting bracket installation

                        1500 Series Eavestrough Accessories

                        G-62 downspoutG-63 open downspout1583 end cap (L-R)

                        G-57 drop-in outletG-61 trough mounting bkt.G-59 spccify outside/inside mitre

                        G-58 75deg elbow1586 pipe strap1587 pipe bracket

                        image of SnoBars
                        image of SnoBars
                        image of SnoBars
                        image of SnoBars
                        image of SnoBars
                        image of SnoBars

                        Product Sheet

                        SnoBars

                        Agway now offers SnoBars, a custom Snow Control System to keep doorways safe. SnoBars are manufactured from transparent polycarbonate, to let all the vibrant colour and aesthetic beauty of your roof show through, while adding a professional finish.


                        Features & Benefits

                        • Innovative design offers control of snow to deter avalanches above doorways and other high traffic areas
                        • Can be used with Agway’s Century Rib or Optimum Rib profiles
                        • Manufactured from UV-stabilized polycarbonate
                        • Clear polycarbonate allows roof colour to show through
                        • Width of SnoBar offers snow control over 13”
                        • Easy to install

                        Installation

                        1. Position the SnoBars onto the ribs of the roof sheet over the area of the roof that requires snow control and fasten with appropriate fasteners through the high rib of the profile. Use a minimum of four (4) Woodgrip fasteners per SnoBar with a minimum of 3/4” penetration into the wood substrate below the metal roofing.
                        2. It is recommended that clear caulking is applied to the bearing area of the SnoBar before setting it in place on the profile and before fastening with screws.
                        3. For more effective snow control, stagger the SnoBars both vertically and horizontally on the roof.

                         Notes

                        SnoBars placement will vary from region to region and will be influenced by roof pitch, length of run and spacing between seams. Local custom may be the best guide as to placement, and additional recommendations can be found in SMACNA and other industry standards.

                        Placement should be determined by a qualified design professional.

                        Snow Control Systems sold by Agway Metals Inc. are not to be used as a fall protection system. The Buyer agrees that under no circumstances shall the Seller be liable for any consequential, special or indirect damages.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Sno Gem
                        image of Sno Gem

                        Product Sheet

                        Sno Gem

                        Our Sno-Gem Snow Guard System now offers Agway customers an innovative snow control system with incredible strength. And, because it is manufactured from clear polycarbonate, its visual transparency enables the Sno-Gem Snow Guard to aesthetically integrate with other components and deliver a very pleasing and professionally finished appearance.


                        Features

                        • Sno Gem: Original (5” x 5”) and Junior (6 1/4” x 2”) profiles and adhesive
                        • Manufactured from UV-stabilized polycarbonate
                        • Innovative design offers the largest base in the industry (25 sq. ins), providing the greatest shear strength
                        • Clear polycarbonate allows the roof colour to show through
                        • Two appearance options, permitting a horizontal or vertical look
                        • Horizontal application offers a 5” barrier
                        • Rotating the Sno-Gem 45° offers 7” of protection (40% more coverage, useful on wider panels)

                        Notes

                        • A double row is recommended over walkways and building entrances
                        • Spacing of Sno-Gems will depend on roof pitch, width and length of panels
                        • Junior Sno-Gem is adaptable to Century Rib Roofing Profile
                        • Colour matching is available (200 pc. minimum). Call for information.
                        • See over for Sno-Gem installation instructions

                         

                        standard sno gem and sno gem junior

                        Sno Gem Installation Instructions

                        Sno-Gem Snow Guards offer a state-of-the-art application technique using 3M VHB Tape.  With proper installation, immediate adhesion upon application is 50%. This method is fully cured in 72 hours, upon which you can expect up to 1,300 lbs. of shear strength per unit.  When compared with other application methods, you can also expect reduced installation times and cost savings. This method is for flat panel installation only. Temperature must be above freezing at time of installation.

                        3M Adhesive Tape Installation: Apply a thin coat of #94 primer to the roof surface. Peel release paper backing off adhesive tape on Sno-Gem base. Place Sno-Gem in position on metal surface, applying firm, even pressure perpendicular to the roof surface. Apply a bead of sealant around the perimeter of the base.

                        Sno-Gem also offers two additional application methods; on-site application of adhesive and the use of mechanical fasteners. Whichever method you choose, you will benefit from Sno-Gem’s proven design, appearance and long life.

                        Adhesive Attachment: Where adhesive is to be the sole means of attaching the Sno-Gem Snow Guard to the roof surface, Sno-Gem currently recommends the use of Surebond SB-190 Everseal Sealant Caulk. This product has a proven record for this particular use and is well known in the metal roofing industry. To install Sno-Gem Snow Guards, contact surfaces shall be wiped only with Isopropyl Alcohol and the adhesive shall be applied so as to completely coat the underside of the device before positioning it on the roof surface. After positioning, exert uniform pressure until adhesive is squeezed out around the entire perimeter of the Sno-Gem and point up the joint to create a bead that is free of gaps or air pockets. It should be noted that under certain conditions, temporary measures may need to be employed to hold the Sno-Gem in place until the initial set of the adhesive has taken place, and that the total cure requires 28 days of at least 10°C (50°F). Clean up using Mineral Spirits or Naptha gas.

                        Mechanical Attachment: Where temperatures will not be suitable for adhesive installation or where additional strength is required, Sno-Gem Snow Guards may be attached with through fasteners in combination with the adhesive or a high-quality silicone/sealant where conditions permit. Sno-Gem Snow Guards are provided with four starter dimples: begin by drilling a 7/32” clearance hole to accommodate a #10 Type A self-tapping fastener (flat or oval head). Fastener selection should be governed by substrate and anticipated loads, but stainless steel or corrosion resistant fasteners should be insisted upon. Adhesive or sealant should be applied so as to completely coat the underside of the device before positioning it on the roof surface. Sufficient compression should be applied to squeeze adhesive/ sealant out around the perimeter of the base and a bead of the same material applied to create a waterproof joint free of gaps and air pockets.

                        Notes

                        Sno-Gem Snow Guard placement will vary from region to region and will be influenced by roof pitch, length of run and spacing between seams. Local custom may be the best guide as to placement, and additional recommendations can be found in SMACNA and other industry standards. Placement should be determined by a qualified design professional.

                        Snow Control Systems sold by Agway Metals Inc. are not to be used as a fall protection system. The Buyer agrees that under no circumstances shall the Seller be liable for any consequential, special or indirect damages.

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Standard Flashings MR
                        image of Standard Flashings MR

                        Product Sheet

                        Standard Flashings MR

                        In terms of flashings and trims, Agway offers everything needed to complete your Metal Roof project. From Eaves and Gables, to Vents and Ridges, Agway has it all. Should your project require anything different or unique, custom flashings can also be accommodated.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        PROFILE LIST

                        4-150
                        4-150
                        7-150
                        7-150
                        8-175
                        8-175
                        7/8″ Corrugated
                        7/8" corrugated
                        AR Standing Seam Roof
                        AR Standing Seam Roof
                        Century Rib
                        Century Rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        Nail Strip NS
                        Nail Strip NS
                        Optimum Rib
                        Optimum Rib
                        Snap Lock SL
                        Snap Lock SL

                        Typical Flashings

                        ENDWALLS

                        #117 endwall#117endwall 90 deg

                        g-46 endwallg-46 endwall

                        FLASHINGS

                        g-25 eave trimg-29 high low flashing

                        GABLES

                        g-47 f-gableg-47 f-gable1526 gable flashing

                        a-27 gable capa-27 gable cap instruction

                        RIDGES

                        #100 ridge cover#110 (B-44) cottage ridge#110 (B-44) cottage ridge instruction

                        #110A end cap1210 ridge cover

                        g-34 expansion ridge coverg-34 expansion ridge cove instruction

                        g-37 (1530) ridge/hip coverg-37 (1530) ridge/hip cover instruction

                        SNOW CONTROL

                        #80 2deg snow control#85 3deg snow control#80 2deg snow control insert

                        #85 3deg snow control insertjunior sno gemstandard sno gem

                        snobarssnobars installation adhesive

                        EAVE AND GABLE STARTERS

                        #56 eave/gable starter#56 eave/gable starter angle#53 brake form eave starter
                        #57 eave/gable starter#57 eave/gable starter angle1535 locking strip

                        TOP CLOSURES

                        g-20 hip/ridge closureg-20 hip/ridge closure instruction

                        g-30 vented hip/ridge closureg-30 vented hip/ridge closure instruction

                        VALLEYS

                        #60 v-valley#70 w-valley#71 commercial v-valley

                        #72 commercial w-valley

                        RIDGE VENTS

                        #40v vented endwall end cap1170 vented endwall1171 mono slope vented endwall

                        1200 deflector flange1200 ridge vent

                        PROFILE LIST

                        4-150
                        4-150
                        7-150
                        7-150
                        8-175
                        8-175
                        7/8″ Corrugated
                        7/8" corrugated
                        AR Standing Seam Roof
                        AR Standing Seam roof
                        Century Rib
                        century rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        diamond rib
                        Nail Strip NS
                        nail strip ns
                        Optimum Rib
                        optimum rib
                        Snap Lock SL
                        snap lock sl

                        Typical Flashings

                        ENDWALLS

                        #117 endwall#117 endwall 90deg

                        g-46 endwallg-46 endwall

                         

                        FLASHINGS

                        g-25 eave trimg-29 high low flashing

                        GABLES

                        g-47 f-gableg-47 f-gable1526 gable flashing

                        a-27 gable capa-27 gable cap instruction

                         

                         

                        RIDGES

                        #100 ridge cover#110 (b-44) cottage ridge#110 (b-44) cottage ridge instruction

                        #110a end cap1210 ridge cover

                        g-34 expansion ridge coverg-34 expansion ridge cover

                        g-37 (1530) ridge/hip coverg-37 (1530) ridge/hip cover instruction

                         

                         

                        SNOW CONTROL

                         

                        #80 51mm snow control#85 76mm snow control#80 51mm snow control insert

                        #85 76mm snow control insertjunior sno gemstandard sno gem

                        snobarssnobars installation adhesive

                        EAVE AND GABLE STARTERS

                        #56 eave/gable starter#56 eave/gable starter angle#53 brake form eave starter
                        #57 eave/gable starter#57 eave/gable starter angle1535 locking strip

                        TOP CLOSURES

                         

                         

                        g-20 hip/ridge closureg-20hip/ridge closure instruction
                        g-30 vented hip/ridge closureg-30 ventde hip/ridge closure instruction

                        VALLEYS

                         

                         

                        #60 v-valley#70 w-valley#71 commercial v-valley
                        #72 commercial w-valley

                        RIDGE VENTS

                        #40v vented endwall end cap1170 vented endwall1171 mono slope vented endwall

                        1200 deflector flange1200 ridge vent

                        image of Batten Profiles
                        image of Batten Profiles
                        image of Batten Profiles
                        image of Batten Profiles
                        image of Batten Profiles
                        image of Batten Profiles

                        Product Sheet

                        Batten Profiles

                        Agway offers two unique Batten Profiles – Board and Batten and Diamond Batten – in variable widths and lengths up to 20’. These profiles are ideal for both wall and roof applications, and are available in Pre-painted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel, or Zinc.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Board & Batten

                        • Custom lengths from 1′ – 0″ to 20′ – 2″
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Available with a starter cleat and 90° end bend
                        • Can be notched and preformed for knee-bend applications
                        • Suitable for Roof and Wall applications
                        • Custom dimensioning also available
                        • All installations must be on a solid decking c/w moisture barrier

                        Diamond Batten

                        • Custom lengths from 1′ – 0″ to 20′ – 2″
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Available with a starter cleat and 90° end bend
                        • Can be notched and preformed for knee-bend applications
                        • Custom dimensions also available
                        • Suitable for Roof or Wall applications
                        • All installations must be on a solid decking c/w moisture barrier

                         Flashings and Trims

                        1540 SQAURE BATTEN1541 DIAMOND BATTEN1545 BATTEN CLIP

                        1506 INSIDE CORNER1507 OUTSIDE CORNER1512 J-TRIM

                        1514 C-CHANNEL1517 (C-10) BASE DRIP1525 EAVE FLASHING

                        1526 GABLE FLASHING1527 ENDWALL1528 BASE DRIP

                        1529 VALLEY1530 RIDGE1535 LOCKING STRIP

                        1537 BATTEN CAP1500 BATTEN ROOF PANEL

                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Board & Batten

                        • Custom lengths from 305 mm to 6.7 m
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Available with a starter cleat and 90° end bend
                        • Can be notched and performed for knee-bend applications
                        • Suitable for Roof and Wall applications
                        • Custom dimensioning also available
                        • All installations must be on a solid decking c/w moisture barrier

                        Diamond Batten

                        • Custom lengths from 305 mm to 6.7 m
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Available with a starter cleat and 90° end bend
                        • Can be notched and performed for knee-bend applications
                        • Custom dimensions also available
                        • Suitable for Roof or Wall applications
                        • All installations must be on a solid decking c/w moisture barrier

                         Flashings and Trims

                        1540 SQUARE BATTEN1541 DIAMOND BATTEN1545 BATTEN CLIP

                        1506 INSIDE CORNER1507 OUTSIDE CORNER1512 J-TRIM

                        1514 C-CHANNEL1517 (C-10) BASE DRIP1525 EAVE FLASHING

                        1526 GABLE FLASHING1527 ENDWALL1528 BASE DRIP

                        1529 VALLEY1530 RIDGE1535 LOCKING STRIP

                        1537 BATTEN CAP1500 BATTEN ROOF PANEL

                         

                         

                         

                         

                         

                         

                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib

                        Diamond Rib

                        Available in 30 gauge to 24 gauge, Agway’s extremely popular and versatile Diamond Rib profile can be used as wall and roofing cladding or interior liner panels, as well as accent striping with other as well as other contiguous profiles. Diamond Rib is ideal for agricultural, industrial or commercial applications.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        30 22 16 480 30
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914
                        30 22 406 12.92 780

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0221 0.0202 0.0144
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0227 0.0203 0.0152
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0381 0.0361 0.0227
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0550 0.0498 0.0302
                        0.0300 1.51 33 0.0683 0.0637 0.0376
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 1.19 1.09 0.0196
                        0.343 3.46 550 1.22 1.09 0.0207
                        0.457 4.52 230 2.04 1.94 0.0309
                        0.610 5.94 230 2.96 2.68 0.0412
                        0.762 7.36 230 3.67 3.42 0.0514
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150

                        4-150

                        An exposed fastener system, the 4-150 profile demonstrates the versatility of Agway profile designs as it can be used as a roof or wall cladding. Moreover, its load bearing capabilities enable the 4-150 profile to function as a structural member. An economical system that’s easy to install, 4-150 is a popular choice for agricultural, industrial and commercial applications.

                        Agway’s 4-150 comes in a full range of stock colours, with colour matched fasteners, trims and accessories.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 10 828 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 254 21.03 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0135 0.73 80 0.0340 0.0278 0.0455
                        0.0150 0.80 33 0.0428 0.0364 0.0564
                        0.0180 0.95 50 0.0509 0.0432 0.0673
                        0.0240 1.25 33 0.0777 0.0674 0.0938
                        0.0300 1.55 33 0.101 0.0867 0.117
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.343 3.55 550 1.83 1.49 0.0621
                        0.381 3.91 230 2.30 1.95 0.0769
                        0.457 4.64 345 2.74 2.32 0.0919
                        0.610 6.09 230 4.17 3.62 0.128
                        0.762 7.54 230 5.45 4.66 0.160
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib

                        Century Rib

                        Economical and easy-to-install, Agway’s Century Rib profile is our most popular product for agricultural roof applications. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Century Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete roofing solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0108 0.0091 0.0078
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0121 0.0099 0.0088
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0161 0.0144 0.0117
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0213 0.0199 0.0155
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 0.581 0.487 0.0102
                        0.343 3.46 550 0.653 0.530 0.0115
                        0.457 4.52 230 0.865 0.775 0.0153
                        0.610 5.94 230 1.14 1.07 0.0204
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated

                        7/8″ Corrugated

                        An exposed fastener system, the 7/8” Corrugated profile demonstrates the versatility of Agway profile designs. Because this exposed fastener profile is both economical and very easy to install, it is a popular choice for high slope roofs as well as wall and soffit applications.

                        Moreover, its load bearing capabilities enable Agway’s 7/8″ Corrugated profile system components to function as a structural member. Panels are available in various shapes and styles, in a full range of stock colours with colour matched fasteners, and trims.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 18 30 780 35.58
                        28 18 30 780 31.94
                        30 18 30 780 26.93
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 18 762 19.81 878.3
                        28 18 762 19.81 811.28
                        30 18 762 19.81 684

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.00 33 0.0566 0.0566 0.0248
                        0.024 1.32 33 0.0743 0.0743 0.0325
                        0.030 1.64 33 0.0913 0.0913 0.0399
                        0.036 1.95 33 0.108 0.108 0.0471
                        0.048 2.58 33 0.139 0.139 0.0607
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 4.90 230 3.04 3.04 0.0338
                        0.610 6.44 230 3.99 3.99 0.0444
                        0.762 7.99 230 4.91 4.91 0.0545
                        0.914 9.53 230 5.79 5.79 0.0643
                        1.22 12.6 230 7.46 7.46 0.0829
                        image of 8-175
                        image of 8-175
                        image of 8-175
                        image of 8-175

                        8-175

                        An exposed fastener system, designed specifically for metal roof application, the 8-175 profile demonstrates the versatility of Agway profile designs. Moreover, its load bearing capabilities enable the 8-175 profile to function as a structural member. An economical system that’s easy to install, 8-175 is a popular choice for agricultural, industrial and commercial applications.

                        Agway’s 8-175 comes in a full range of stock colours, with colour matched fasteners.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 18 10 780 35.83
                        26 18 10 780 30.75
                        26 18 10 780 25.63
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 18 254 19.81 910
                        26 18 254 19.81 780
                        26 18 254 19.81 650

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.04 33 0.118 0.118 0.104
                        0.024 1.36 33 0.158 0.158 0.138
                        0.030 1.69 33 0.196 0.196 0.173
                        0.036 2.02 33 0.234 0.234 0.207
                        0.048 2.67 33 0.309 0.309 0.275
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 5.06 230 6.34 6.33 0.142
                        0.610 6.66 230 8.47 8.47 0.189
                        0.762 8.25 230 10.5 10.5 0.236
                        0.914 9.85 230 12.6 12.6 0.282
                        1.22 13.0 230 16.6 16.6 0.375
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock
                        image of Snap Lock

                        Product Sheet

                        Snap Lock

                        Designed for its ease of installation, Agway’s Snap Lock panel system offers variable width panels that install easily – just attach the hold down clip along the panel rib and snap each panel into the previous one. Featuring hidden clips with no exposed fasteners, like Nail Strip, Agway’s Snap Lock Profile is easy to install and, making it a popular choice for a wide range of residential, agricultural or commercial projects.

                        Whether you choose a profile from our Snap Lock, Standing Seam, or Nail Strip roof cladding systems, the result will be a stunning, architecturally distinctive roof that installs easily and has no exposed fasteners. All these durable Agway roof cladding products are available in a full range of stock colours, in variable panel widths, and with optional stiffening flutes. All require a single skin application and must be applied over a solid substrate and waterproof membrane, using clips at a maximum of 2’ centres. Knee Caps are also available (same changes).


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Hidden clips for easy installation
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        SL25 3/12 – 12/12 0.0236″ 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″
                        SL38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.0236″ 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 2’ centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        • Snap-in place design

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE SL25 SL38
                        24 20.81″ 19.31″

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        hold down clip

                        Sheet Overlap Detail w/Hold-down

                        sheet overlap detail w/hold down

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Hidden clips for easy installation
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        SL25 3/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 1254 – 711 mm
                        SL38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 61 cm centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        • Snap-in place design

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE SL25 SL38
                        24 529 mm 490 mm

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        hold down clip

                        Sheet Overlap Detail w/Hold-down

                        sheet overlap detail w/hold down

                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip
                        image of Nail Strip

                        Product Sheet

                        Nail Strip

                        Agway’s Nail Strip panel system offers variable panel widths, two rib heights and easy installation, making it the ideal choice for seasoned contractors or do-it-yourselfers. Using a continuous nail strip that requires no seamer, Agway’s Nail Strip systems facilitate easy installation, making them a popular choice for residential, agricultural or commercial projects.

                        Whether you choose a profile from our Nail Strip, Standing Seam, or Snap Lock roof cladding systems, the result will be a stunning, architecturally distinctive roof that installs easily and has no exposed fasteners. All these durable Agway roof cladding products are available in a full range of stock colours, in variable panel widths, and with optional stiffening flutes. All require a single skin application and must be applied over a solid substrate and waterproof membrane. Knee Caps are also available (same changes as above).


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Continuous nail strip
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        NS 25 3/12 – 12/12 0.0236” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″
                        NS38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.0236” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 10″ – 28″

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For NS25 or NS38 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 48”

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE NS25 NS38
                        24 19.56″ 18.56″

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is a naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet metal
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Fasteners at maximum 2′ centres
                        • Snap-in-place design

                        Side Lap Detail

                        side lap detail

                        Overlap Construction

                        overlap construction - roof assembly

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Continuous nail strip
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • No seamer required

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        NS 25 3/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm
                        NS38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.610 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 254 – 711 mm

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For NS25 or NS38 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 1,219 mm

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE NS25 NS38
                        24 497 mm 471 mm

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is a naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet metal
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that this be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Fasteners at maximum 2′ centres
                        • Snap-in-place design

                        Side Lap Detail

                        side lap detail

                        Overlap Construction

                        overlap construction

                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150

                        7-150

                        An exposed fastener system, the 7-150 profile demonstrates the versatility of Agway profile designs as it can be used as a roof or wall cladding. Moreover, its load bearing capabilities enable the 7-150 profile to function as a structural member. An economical system that’s easy to install, 7-150 is a popular choice for agricultural, industrial and commercial applications.

                        Agway’s 7-150 comes in a full range of stock colours, with colour matched fasteners, trims and accessories.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 20 10 780 36
                        26 20 10 780 30
                        26 20 10 780 24
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 20 254 19.81 914
                        26 20 254 19.81 780
                        26 20 254 19.81 610

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.04 33 0.0940 0.0888 0.0985
                        0.024 1.36 33 0.136 0.127 0.132
                        0.030 1.69 33 0.175 0.162 0.165
                        0.036 2.02 33 0.208 0.198 0.197
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 5.06 230 5.05 4.77 0.134
                        0.610 6.66 230 7.28 6.82 0.180
                        0.762 8.25 230 9.38 8.73 0.225
                        0.914 9.85 230 11.2 10.7 0.270
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam
                        image of AR Standing Seam

                        Product Sheet

                        AR Standing Seam

                        Our Standing Seam AR metal roofing is available in 24 and 22 gauge, in variable widths and with side lap rib heights of 1”, 1 ½” or 2”. Agway’s AR series also features optional, two-piece expansion clips to accommodate movement of the roof, and can be seamed at either 90º or 180º. With a 180º seam and optional seam caulking, panels can be used on low slopes (AR-38 down to 1.5/12 and AR-50 down to 0.5/12).

                        Unlike many traditional alternatives like slate or tile, our Standing Seam Profile is easy to install, more cost effective, 100% recyclable and facilitates more creativity in design. In fact, this profile can even be curved!

                        Whether you choose a profile from our Standing Seam, Nail Strip, or Snap Lock roof cladding systems, the result will be a stunning, architecturally distinctive roof that installs easily and has no exposed fasteners. All these durable Agway roof cladding products are available in a full range of stock colours, in variable panel widths, and with optional stiffening flutes. All are single skin applications and must be applied over a solid substrate and waterproof membrane, using clips at a maximum of 2’ centres. A full range of flashings and accessories are available from Agway to complete your project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        AR-25 3/12 – 12/12 0.0236” – 0.030” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 6″ – 28″
                        AR-38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.0236” – 0.030” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 6″ – 28″
                        AR-50 0.5/12 – 12/12 0.0236” – 0.030” 2′ 6″ – 45′ 8″ – 24.5″

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For AR-25, AR-38 or AR-50 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 48”

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE AR-25 AR-38 AR-50
                        24 21.06″ 20.06″ 18.52″
                        22 21.06″ 20.06″ 18.52″

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Concealed hold-down clips
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • Optional two-piece expansion clip to accommodate roof movement
                        • 24 gauge can be seamed 90° and 180°; 22 gauge can be seamed 90° only
                        • Butyl Tape is recommended in 90° seams
                        • Able to be curved – minimum sheet length 5’-0”

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that AR Series profiles be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 2’ centres – 2 fasteners per clip
                        •  Mechanical and Hand Seamer required. For seamer purchase & rental visit the D.I. Roof Seamers website – or by calling D.I. Roof Installers at 1-888-343-0456

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        fixed clip and expansion clip

                        Overlap Seaming Options

                        overlap prior to seaming, 90deg seaming stages T-style and 180 deg seaming stages I-style

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Panel Specifications

                        MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX MIN/MAX
                        SLOPE MATERIAL THICKNESS SHEET LENGTH PANEL WIDTH
                        AR-25 3/12 – 12/12 0.610 – 0.762 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 152 – 711 mm
                        AR-38 1.5/12 – 12/12 0.610 – 0.762 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 152 – 711 mm
                        AR-50 0.5/12 – 12/12 0.610 – 0.762 mm 0.76 – 13.71 m 203 – 622 mm

                         

                        • Side lap caulking is recommended when the slope is less than 2/12
                        • Longer sheets are available. Additional charges may apply.
                        • For AR-25, AR-38 or AR-50 with 180 degree seam – maximum gauge is 24 GA
                        • Short sheet charge for any lengths under 1,219 mm

                        Standard Panel Widths

                        GAUGE AR-25 AR-38 AR-50
                        24 21.06″
                        (535 mm)
                        20.06″
                        (509.5 mm)
                        18.52″
                        (470 mm)
                        22 21.06″
                        (535 mm)
                        20.06″
                        (509.5 mm)
                        18.52″
                        (470 mm)

                        Features

                        • No exposed fasteners
                        • Ease of installation
                        • Full range of stock colours
                        • Variable width
                        • Optional stiffening flutes
                        • Concealed hold-down clips
                        • Knee Caps available
                        • Optional two-piece expansion clip to accommodate roof movement
                        • 24 gauge can be seamed 90° and 180°; 22 gauge can be seamed 90° only
                        • Butyl Tape is recommended in 90° seams
                        • Able to be curved – minimum sheet length: 1.52m

                        Oil Canning

                        • Oil Canning is naturally occurring phenomenon inherent in all sheet steel.
                        • Oil Canning is not a valid reason for rejection of these products

                        Installation

                        • Single skin application
                        • Recommended that this always be applied over solid substrate
                        • Recommended that AR Series profiles be applied over waterproof membrane
                        • Clips at maximum 61 cm centers – 2 fasteners per clip
                        •  Mechanical and Hand Seamer required. For seamer purchase & rental visit the D.I. Roof Seamers website – or by calling D.I. Roof Installers at 1-888-343-0456

                        Hold-Down Clip Detail

                        fixed clip and expansion clip

                        Overlap Seaming Options

                        overlap prior to seaming, 90deg seaming stages T-style and 180 deg seaming stages I-style

                        image of Standard Flashings LWC
                        image of Standard Flashings LWC

                        Product Sheet

                        Standard Flashings LWC

                        At Agway you can find everything required in flashings and trims in order to complete your light gauge cladding requirements. From Outside Corners to Vents, Ridges and Valleys Agway has it all. Trims come in standard 10’ lengths, but can be ordered in lengths up to 20’. Custom flashings are also available on request.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        PROFILE LIST

                        Century Rib
                        Century Rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        DR6-75
                        DR6-75
                        Optimum Rib
                        Optimum Rib
                        CH5-32
                        CH5-32
                        Lo-Rib
                        Lo-Rib

                        Typical Flashings

                        JAMBS

                        AN-9 JAMB FLASHINGAN-9A JAMB FLASHINGAN-10 JAMB FLASHING
                        AN-10A JAMB FLASHINGAN-14 JAMB FLASHINGAN-15 JAMB FLASHING
                        AN-16 JAMB FLASHINGAN-20 JAMB FLASHINGST-9 JAMB FLASHING
                        ST-10 JAMB FLASHINGST-14 JAMB FLASHINGST-20 JAMB FLASHING

                        CEILING TRIMS

                        AN -18 CEILING TRIMAN -19 CEILING TRIM

                        DOOR TRIMS

                        AN -8T TRACK BOARD COVER

                        DRIP AND BASE TRIMS

                        AN -5 DRIP FLASHINGAN - 5A DRIP FLASHINGAN -7 DRIP FLASHING
                        AN - 7A DRIP FLASHINGAN -7B DRIP FLASHING/JAMB

                        EAVE AND GABLE STARTERS

                        #56 EAVE/GABLE STARTER#56 EAVE/GABLE STARTER ANGLE#57 EAVE/GABLE STARTER
                        #56 EAVE/GABLE STARTER ANGLE

                        ENDWALLS

                        #117 ENDWALL 90#117 ENDWALL

                        GABLE DIVIDERS

                        AN-6 GABLE DIVIDERAN-6A GABLE DIVIDER

                        HIP FLASHINGS

                         

                        #114 HIP FLASHING

                        INSIDE CORNERS

                        AN-4 INSIDE CORNERAN-4A INSIDE CORNERST-4 INSIDE CORNER
                        ST-4A INSIDE CORNERST-4B INSIDE CORNER

                        J-TRIMS

                        AN-13 J-TRIMAN-13A J-TRIM

                        OUTSIDE CORNERS

                        AN-3 OUTSIDE CORNEERAN-3A OUTSIDE CORNEERAN-3B OUTSIDE CORNEER

                        ST-3 OUTSIDE CORNEERST-3A OUTSIDE CORNEER

                        RIDGES

                        #110 COTTAGE RIDGE1170 VENTED ENDWALL1171 MONO SLOPE VENTED ENDWALL

                        #100 RIDGE COVER1210 RIDGE COVER1200 RIDGE VENT

                        G-38 RIDGE COVER

                        SLIDING DOOR TRIMS

                        ST-11 SLIDING DOOR TRIMST-12 SLIDING DOOR TRIMAN-8 SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVER SINGLE

                        AN-8 SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVER DOUBLEAN-8C SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVERAN-8CD SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVER SINGLE

                        AN-11 SLIDING DOOR TRIMAN-12 SLIDING DOOR TRIMAN-17 SLIDING DOOR JAMB FLASHING

                        SNOW CONTROL

                        #80.2 SNOW CONTROL#85.3 SNOW CONTROL#80.2 SNOW CONTROL INSERT

                        #85.3 SNOW CONTROL INSERTJUNIOR SNO GEMSTANDARD SNO GEM

                        SNOBARSNOBARS INSTALLATION ADHESIVE

                        SOFFIT AND GABLE TRIMS

                        AN-1 SOFFIT FASCIAAN-1A SOFFIT FASCIAST-1 SOFFIT FASCIA

                        AL-1 SOFFIT/GABBLE FASCIAAL-2 SOFFIT/GABBLE FASCIAAN-2 SOFFIT/GABBLE FASCIA

                        ST-2 SOFFIT/GABBLE FASCIA

                        VALLEYS

                        #71 V-36" COMMERCIAL VALLEY#72 W-36" COMMERCIAL VALLEY#60 V-VALLEY

                        #70 W-VALLEY

                        VENTS

                        1200 DEFLECTOR FLANGE

                         

                        PROFILE LIST

                        Century Rib
                        Century Rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        Diamond Rib
                        DR6-75
                        DR6-75
                        Optimum Rib
                        Optimum Rib
                        CH5-32
                        CH5-32
                        Lo-Rib
                        Lo-Rib

                        Typical Flashings

                        JAMBS

                        AN-9 JAMB FLASHINGAN-9A JAMB FLASHINGAN-10 JAMB FLASHING
                        AN-10A JAMB FLASHINGAN-14 JAMB FLASHINGAN-15 JAMB FLASHING
                        AN-16 JAMB FLASHINGAN-20 JAMB FLASHINGST-9 JAMB FLASHING
                        ST-10 JAMB FLASHINGST-14 JAMB FLASHINGST-20 JAMB FLASHING

                        CEILING TRIMS

                        AN-18 CEILING TRIMAN-19 CEILING TRIM

                        DOOR TRIMS

                        AN-8T TRACK BOARD COVER

                        DRIP AND BASE TRIMS

                        AN-5 DRIP FLASHINGAN-5A DRIP FLASHINGAN-7 DRIP FLASHING

                        AN-7A DRIP FLASHINGAN-7B DRIP FLASHING/JAMB

                        EAVE AND GABLE STARTERS

                        #56 EAVE/GABBLE STARTER#56 EAVE/GABBLE STARTER ANGLE#57 EAVE/GABBLE STARTER
                        #57 EAVE/GABBLE STARTER

                        ENDWALLS

                        #117 ENDWAL 90#117 ENDWALL

                        GABLE DIVIDERS

                        AN-6 GABLE DIVIDERAN-6A GABALE DIVIDER

                        HIP FLASHINGS

                        #114 HIP FLASHING

                        INSIDE CORNERS

                        AN-4 INSIDE CORNERA-4 INSIDE CORNERST-4 INSIDE CORNER
                        A-6 INSIDE CORNERST-4B INSIDE CORNER

                        J-TRIMS

                        AN-13 J-TRIMA-15 J-TRIM

                        OUTSIDE CORNERS

                        AN-3 OUTSIDE CORNERA-3 OUTSIDE CORNERAN-3B OUTSIDE CORNER

                        ST-3 OUTSIDE CORNERA-5 OUTSIDE CORNER

                         

                         

                        RIDGES

                        B-44 COTTAGE RIDGE1170 VENTED ENDWALL1171 MONO SLOPE VENTED ENDWALL

                        #100 RIDGE COVER1210 RIDGE COVER1200 RIDGE VENT

                        G-38 RIDGE COVER

                         

                         

                         

                        SLIDING DOOR TRIMS

                        ST-11 SLIDING DOOR TRIMST-12 SLIDING DOOR TRIMAN-8 SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVER SINGLE

                        AN-8 SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVER DOUBLEAN-8C SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVERAN-8CD SLIDING DOOR TRACK COVER DOUBLE

                        AN-11 SLIDING DOOR TRIMAN-12 SLIDING DOOR TRIMAN-17 SLIDING DOOR JAMB FLASHING

                         

                         

                         

                        SNOW CONTROL

                         

                        #80 51MM SNOW CONTROL#85 76MM SNOW CONTROL#80 51MM SNOW CONTROL INSERT

                        #85 76MM SNOW CONTROL INSERTJUNIOR SNO GEMSTANDARD SNO GEM

                        SNOBARSSNOBARS INSTALLATION ADHESIVE

                        SOFFIT AND GABLE TRIMS

                         

                         

                         

                        AN-1 SOFFIT FASCIAAN-1A SOFFIT FASCIAST-1 SOFFIT FASCIA
                        AL-1 SOFFIT/GABLE FASCIAAL-2 SOFFIT/GABBLE FASCIAAN-2 SOFFIT/GABLE FASCIA
                        ST-2 SOFFIT/GABBLE FASCIA

                        VALLEYS

                         

                         

                        G-48 V-914MM COMMERCIAL VALLEYG-49 W-914MM COMMERCIAL VALLEYG-50 V-VALLEY
                        G-51 W-VALLEY

                        VENTS

                        1200 DEFLECTOR FLANGE

                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32

                        CH5-32

                        Our economical, easy-to-install, CH5-32 lightweight wall system adds a professionally finished look to the exterior or interior of any structure. For convenience and versatility, these 32” panels can be installed vertically or horizontally and, once installed, are extremely weather resistant and virtually maintenance free. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s CH5-32 profile, combined with available trims, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 10 540 32
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 254 13.72 813

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.012 0.61 33 0.011 0.0116 0.0037
                        0.0150 0.68 33 0.0112 0.012 0.0039
                        0.018 0.88 33 0.0207 0.0208 0.0072
                        0.024 1.16 33 0.0304 0.0312 0.0107
                        0.03 1.43 33 0.0386 0.0413 0.0144
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 2.97 230 0.59 0.621 0.0051
                        0.381 3.3 230 0.6 0.643 0.0053
                        0.457 4.31 230 1.11 1.12 0.0093
                        0.61 5.66 230 1.63 1.67 0.0146
                        0.762 7 230 2.07 2.22 0.0196
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75

                        DR6-75

                        The Agway DR6-75 series features an inverted Diamond Rib profile, which presents a visually ‘softer’ finished look to surfaces. These versatile, lightweight panels are extremely weather resistant and virtually maintenance free. For added flexibility and convenience, panels can be installed vertically or horizontally and are available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s DR6-75 profile, combined with available trims, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete cladding solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0202 0.0221 0.0098
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0208 0.0232 0.0102
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0361 0.0381 0.0182
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0498 0.0550 0.0268
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 1.09 1.19 0.0133
                        0.343 3.46 550 1.12 1.25 0.0140
                        0.457 4.52 230 1.94 2.04 0.0248
                        0.610 5.94 230 2.68 2.96 0.0366
                        image of Lo-Rib
                        image of Lo-Rib

                        Lo-Rib

                        Among the most economical panels on the market, Agway’s lightweight Lo-rib profile is ideal for use on high sloped roofs, or as exterior and interior siding. Lo-Rib installs easily and adds a professional finish to any structure. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Lo Rib profile, combined with available trims, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 10 600 37.55
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 254 15.24 954

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.560 80
                        0.0135 0.626 80
                        0.0180 0.813 50
                        0.0240 1.037 33
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 2.73 550
                        0.343 3.06 550
                        0.457 3.97 345
                        0.610 5.06 230
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150

                        4-150

                        When a more dramatic exterior appearance or stronger profile is required, Agway’s economical, easy-to-install 4-150 profile is your choice. This versatile profile can be installed as a wall cladding or roof cladding and it’s 1 3/8” rib depth provides extra strength to allow for wider support spacing. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s 4-150 profile, combined with available trims, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 10 828 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 254 21.03 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0135 0.73 80 0.0340 0.0278 0.0455
                        0.0150 0.80 33 0.0428 0.0364 0.0564
                        0.0180 0.95 50 0.0509 0.0432 0.0673
                        0.0240 1.25 33 0.0777 0.0674 0.0938
                        0.0300 1.55 33 0.101 0.0867 0.117
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.343 3.55 550 1.83 1.49 0.0621
                        0.381 3.91 230 2.30 1.95 0.0769
                        0.457 4.64 345 2.74 2.32 0.0919
                        0.610 6.09 230 4.17 3.62 0.128
                        0.762 7.54 230 5.45 4.66 0.160
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib

                        Diamond Rib

                        Agway’s Diamond Rib profile is one of our most popular and versatile lightweight profiles. Economical and easy to install, the Diamond Rib profile is the standard wall cladding for agricultural applications, and captures the classic barn look. For convenience and simplicity, these versatile panels can be installed vertically or horizontally on a wall, or as a roof panel and, once installed, are extremely weather resistant and virtually maintenance free. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Diamond Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete cladding solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a
                        deflection limit
                        of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a
                        deflection limit
                        of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        30 22 16 480 30
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914
                        30 22 406 12.92 780

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0221 0.0202 0.0144
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0227 0.0203 0.0152
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0381 0.0361 0.0227
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0550 0.0498 0.0302
                        0.0300 1.51 33 0.0683 0.0637 0.0637
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 1.19 1.09 0.0196
                        0.343 3.46 550 1.22 1.09 0.0207
                        0.457 4.52 230 2.04 1.94 0.0309
                        0.610 5.94 230 2.96 2.68 0.0412
                        0.762 7.36 230 3.67 3.42 0.0514
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32

                        CH6-32

                        Our economical, easy-to-install, CH6-32 lightweight wall system adds a professionally finished look to the exterior or interior of any structure. For convenience and versatility, these 32” panels can be installed vertically or horizontally and, once installed, are extremely weather resistant and virtually maintenance free. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s CH5-32 profile, combined with available trims, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 10 540 32
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 254 13.72 813

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.012 0.61 33 0.0116 0.011 0.0056
                        0.0150 0.68 33 0.0116 0.0108 0.0056
                        0.018 0.88 33 0.0208 0.0207 0.0092
                        0.024 1.16 33 0.0312 0.0304 0.0125
                        0.03 1.43 33 0.0413 0.0386 0.0156
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 2.97 230 0.621 0.59 0.0076
                        0.381 3.3 230 0.625 0.58 0.0077
                        0.457 4.31 230 1.12 1.11 0.0126
                        0.61 5.66 230 1.67 1.63 0.0171
                        0.762 7 230 2.22 2.07 0.0213
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib
                        image of Optimum Rib

                        Optimum Rib

                        A very popular profile for agricultural roof applications, our economical, easy-to-install, Optimum Rib lightweight panels add a professionally finished look to the exterior of any structure. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Optimum Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories provides a complete cladding solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 30 780 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 762 19.81 915

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0126 0.0099 0.0083
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0167 0.0144 0.0110
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0220 0.0198 0.0146
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.343 3.46 550 0.676 0.533 0.0113
                        0.457 4.52 230 0.895 0.772 0.0150
                        0.610 5.94 230 1.18 1.07 0.0199
                        image of AL-315
                        image of AL-315
                        image of AL-315
                        image of AL-315

                        Product Sheet

                        AL-315

                        Agway’s pre-caulked AL-315 liner panel, available in a variety of thicknesses, provides a clean interior wall surface while acting as a vapour barrier in an insulated wall system. It boasts clean, aesthetically pleasing lines and is available in a range of standard colours and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. This liner sheet does not contribute to the structural performance of the panel.
                        2. All external loads and deflection requirements must be supported by the outer sheet.
                        3. Recommended usage guide:
                        Spans up to 6’- 0.018”
                        Spans 6’ to 8’- 0.024”
                        Spans 8’ to 10’- 0.030”
                        Spans over 10’-consult your sales representative
                        4. The prime purpose of the liner sheet is to provide a vapour barrier.
                        5. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. This liner sheet does not contribute to the structural performance of the panel.
                        2. All external loads and deflection requirements must be supported by the outer sheet.
                        3. Recommended usage guide:
                        Spans up to 6’- 0.018”
                        Spans 6’ to 8’- 0.024”
                        Spans 8’ to 10’- 0.030”
                        Spans over 10’-consult your sales representative
                        4. The prime purpose of the liner sheet is to provide a vapour barrier.
                        5. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 18 52 540 31.5
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 1321 13.27 800
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32
                        image of CH6-32

                        CH6-32

                        Available in gauges 30 to 24, our versatile CH6-32 profile can be used as wall cladding, as an interior liner, as accent striping with other contiguous profiles, or to emulate the look of a batten board cladding.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 10 540 32
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 254 13.72 813

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        SPECIFIED WEB
                        CRIPPLING DATA(LB)
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        END
                        Pe1
                        END
                        Pe2
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi1
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi2
                        0.012 0.61 33 0.0116 0.011 0.0056 21.4 5.34 40.5 6.88
                        0.0150 0.68 33 0.0116 0.0108 0.0056 58.5 14.6 111 18.9
                        0.018 0.88 33 0.0208 0.0207 0.0092 51 12.8 96.6 16.4
                        0.024 1.16 33 0.0312 0.0304 0.0125 93.8 23.5 178 30.2
                        0.03 1.43 33 0.0413 0.0386 0.0156 150 37.5 284 48.2
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        SPECIFIED WEB
                        CRIPPLING DATA(LB)
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        END
                        Pe1
                        END
                        Pe2
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi1
                        INTERIOR
                        Pi2
                        0.305 2.97 230 0.621 0.59 0.0076 0.315 0.079 0.597 0.102
                        0.381 3.3 230 0.625 0.58 0.0077 0.852 0.213 1.62 0.275
                        0.457 4.31 230 1.12 1.11 0.0126 0.752 0.188 1.43 0.242
                        0.61 5.66 230 1.67 1.63 0.0171 1.38 0.346 2.62 0.445
                        0.762 7 230 2.22 2.07 0.0213 2.21 0.553 4.18 0.711
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32
                        image of CH5-32

                        CH5-32

                        Available in gauges 30 to 22, our versatile CH5-32 profile can be used as wall cladding, as an interior liner, as accent striping with other contiguous profiles, or to emulate the look of a batten board cladding.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 10 540 32
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 254 13.72 813

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.012 0.61 33 0.0116 0.011 0.0056
                        0.015 0.68 33 0.0108 0.0108 0.0056
                        0.018 0.88 33 0.0208 0.0207 0.0092
                        0.024 1.16 33 0.0312 0.0304 0.0125
                        0.03 1.43 33 0.0413 0.0386 0.0156
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 2.97 230 0.621 0.59 0.0076
                        0.381 3.3 230 0.625 0.58 0.0077
                        0.457 4.31 230 1.12 1.11 0.0126
                        0.61 5.66 230 1.67 1.63 0.0171
                        0.762 7 230 2.22 2.07 0.0213
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300
                        image of 2-300

                        2-300

                        With a 3” panel depth and available in minimum 22 gauge, Agway’s 2-300 fluted panels provide 24” coverage and offer great strength and spanning capabilities, as well as a very bold and striking appearance.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48 600 24
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 15.24 610

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.77 33 0.472 0.473 0.814
                        0.036 2.11 33 0.599 0.601 0.982
                        0.048 2.80 33 0.846 0.846 1.31
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.63 230 25.4 25.4 1.09
                        0.914 10.3 230 32.1 32.3 1.34
                        1.22 13.7 230 45.5 45.5 1.79
                        image of 3-300
                        image of 3-300
                        image of 3-300
                        image of 3-300
                        image of 3-300
                        image of 3-300

                        3-300

                        With a 3” panel depth and available in minimum 22 gauge, Agway’s 3-300 fluted panels provide 24” coverage and offer great strength and spanning capabilities, as well as a very bold and striking appearance.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48 600 32
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 15.42 610

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.06 33 0.375 0.397 0.677
                        0.036 2.46 33 0.485 0.503 0.880
                        0.048 3.27 33 0.675 0.724 1.27
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 10.1 230 20.1 21.3 0.922
                        0.914 12.0 230 26.0 27.0 1.20
                        1.22 15.9 230 36.2 38.8 1.73
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib
                        image of Century Rib

                        Century Rib

                        Economical and easy-to-install, Agway’s Century Rib profile is our most popular product for agricultural roof applications. Available in a wide range of colours, Agway’s Century Rib profile, combined with available trims, vents, fasteners and other accessories, provides a complete roofing solution for any project.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
                        8. Plain or painted Galvalume sheets should not be used on Animal Confinement Buildings.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0108 0.0091 0.0078
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0121 0.0099 0.0088
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0161 0.0144 0.0117
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0213 0.0199 0.0155
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 0.581 0.487 0.0102
                        0.343 3.46 550 0.653 0.530 0.0115
                        0.457 4.52 230 0.865 0.775 0.0153
                        0.610 5.94 230 1.14 1.07 0.0204
                        image of 4-300
                        image of 4-300
                        image of 4-300
                        image of 4-300
                        image of 4-300
                        image of 4-300

                        4-300

                        With a 3”panel depth and available in minimum 22 gauge, Agway’s 4-300 fluted panels provide 24” coverage and offer great strength and spanning capabilities, as well as a very bold and striking appearance.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 48 600 24
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 16 1219.2 15.24 610

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 2.32 33 0.485 0.492 0.866
                        0.036 2.78 33 0.621 0.624 1.07
                        0.048 3.68 33 0.882 0.898 1.46
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 11.3 230 26.0 26.4 1.18
                        0.914 13.6 230 33.3 33.4 1.46
                        1.22 18.0 230 47.4 48.2 2.00
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75
                        image of DR6-75

                        DR6-75

                        DR6-75 features an inverted Diamond profile, which presents a visually ‘softer’ finished look to surfaces. Available in 30 gauge to 24 gauge, Agway’s extremely popular and versatile Diamond Rib profiles can be used as wall cladding or interior liner panels, as well as for accent striping with other contiguous profiles. Diamond Rib is ideal for agricultural, industrial or commercial applications. Diamond Rib comes in a variety of colours and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 406 13.72 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0202 0.0221 0.0098
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0208 0.0232 0.0102
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0361 0.0381 0.0182
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0498 0.0550 0.0268
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 1.09 1.19 0.0133
                        0.343 3.46 550 1.12 1.25 0.0140
                        0.457 4.52 230 1.94 2.04 0.0248
                        0.610 5.94 230 2.68 2.96 0.0366
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib
                        image of Diamond Rib

                        Diamond Rib

                        Available in 30 gauge to 22 gauge, Agway’s extremely popular and versatile Diamond Rib profiles can be used as wall cladding or interior liner panels, as well as accent striping with other as well as other contiguous profiles. Diamond Rib is ideal for agricultural, industrial or commercial applications.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 24 16 540 36
                        30 22 16 480 30
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        30 22 406 13.72 914
                        30 22 406 12.92 780

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0120 0.64 33 0.0221 0.0202 0.0144
                        0.0135 0.71 80 0.0227 0.0203 0.0152
                        0.0180 0.93 33 0.0381 0.0361 0.0227
                        0.0240 1.22 33 0.0550 0.0498 0.0302
                        0.0300 1.51 33 0.0683 0.0637 0.0376
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.305 3.11 230 1.19 1.09 0.0196
                        0.343 3.46 550 1.22 1.09 0.0207
                        0.457 4.52 230 2.04 1.94 0.0309
                        0.610 5.94 230 2.96 2.68 0.0412
                        0.762 7.36 230 3.67 3.42 0.0514
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150
                        image of 3-150

                        3-150

                        Ideal for both roof and wall applications, Agway 3-150 profile panels are extremely popular for pre-engineered buildings and are found in a wide variety of industrial and commercial applications. The 36” wide panels are available in a range of thickness and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial
                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric
                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 10 828 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 254 21.03 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0180 0.95 33 0.0470 0.0539 0.0422
                        0.0240 1.25 33 0.0674 0.0777 0.0666
                        0.0300 1.55 33 0.0867 0.101 0.0911
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 4.64 230 2.52 2.90 0.0575
                        0.610 6.09 230 3.62 4.17 0.0908
                        0.762 7.54 230 4.66 5.45 0.124
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150
                        image of 4-150

                        4-150

                        Ideal for both roof and wall applications, Agway 4-150 profile panels are extremely popular for pre-engineered buildings and can also be used in a wide variety of industrial and commercial applications. The 36” wide panels are available in a range of thickness and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 10 828 36
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        29 22 254 21.03 914

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.0135 0.73 80 0.0340 0.0278 0.0455
                        0.0150 0.80 33 0.0428 0.0364 0.0564
                        0.0180 0.95 50 0.0509 0.0432 0.0673
                        0.0240 1.25 33 0.0777 0.0674 0.0938
                        0.0300 1.55 33 0.101 0.0867 0.117
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.343 3.55 550 1.83 1.49 0.0621
                        0.381 3.91 230 2.30 1.95 0.0769
                        0.457 4.64 345 2.74 2.32 0.0919
                        0.610 6.09 230 4.17 3.62 0.128
                        0.762 7.54 230 5.45 4.66 0.160
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated
                        image of 7/8″ Corrugated

                        7/8″ Corrugated

                        Very popular among architects, Agway’s 7/8” Corrugated profile features panels with exposed fasteners and no hard lines, resulting in a highly consistent appearance and a more organic overall look. Panels are available in a variety of widths, thicknesses and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 18 30 780 37.25
                        28 18 30 780 31.94
                        30 18 30 780 26.59
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        28 18 762 19.81 946.2
                        28 18 762 19.81 811.28
                        30 18 762 19.81 675.39

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.00 33 0.0566 0.0566 0.0248
                        0.024 1.32 33 0.0743 0.0743 0.0325
                        0.030 1.64 33 0.0913 0.0913 0.0399
                        0.036 1.95 33 0.108 0.108 0.0471
                        0.048 2.58 33 0.139 0.139 0.0607
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 4.90 230 3.04 3.04 0.0338
                        0.610 6.44 230 3.99 3.99 0.0444
                        0.762 7.99 230 4.91 4.91 0.0545
                        0.914 9.53 230 5.79 5.79 0.0643
                        1.22 12.6 230 7.46 7.46 0.0829
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175
                        image of 7-175

                        7-175

                        A traditional profile in Agway’s Exposed Fastener Series, our 7-175 panels are a popular choice for many industrial and commercial building applications. Panel options offer a choice of 35.83”, 30.75” and 25.63” coverage, in a variety of thicknesses and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 18 10 780 36
                        26 18 10 780 30.75
                        26 18 10 780 25.56
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 18 254 19.81 914.4
                        26 18 254 19.81 781.1
                        26 18 254 19.81 649.2

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.04 33 0.118 0.118 0.104
                        0.024 1.36 33 0.158 0.158 0.138
                        0.030 1.69 33 0.198 0.196 0.173
                        0.036 2.02 33 0.234 0.234 0.207
                        0.048 2.67 33 0.309 0.309 0.275
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 5.06 230 6.34 6.33 0.142
                        0.610 6.66 230 8.47 8.47 0.189
                        0.762 8.25 230 10.5 10.5 0.236
                        0.914 9.85 230 12.6 12.6 0.282
                        1.22 13.0 230 16.6 16.6 0.375
                        image of Decorative Metal Panels
                        image of Decorative Metal Panels

                        Product Sheet

                        Decorative Metal Panels

                        For walls, fascia, or soffits, Agway’s complete line of Hidden Fastener Decorative Metal Panels is ideal for a variety of applications. Available for immediate shipment, these decorative panels are available in custom lengths up to 20’ in a range of colours, and in vented (round or slotted holes) or non-vented variants.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                         

                        • Wall, Fascia or Soffit applications
                        • Custom lengths from 1’-0” to 20’-2”
                        • Excellent colour selection for immediate shipment
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Custom dimensioning also available
                        • Venting available in round or slotted holes
                        • Stiffener ribs available in V-Rib or Bubble Rib
                          Maximum length: V-Rib: 12’ – 0”, Bubble Rib: 10’ – 0”
                        • Available in 26 ga. and 24 ga.
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy Soffit installation – secure with screws or nails to underside of overhang

                         


                        V-Rib and Bubble Rib Stiffeners

                        image of decorative metal panels - V-Rib and Bubble Rib Stiffeners


                        Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75

                        image of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1571 OUTSIDE CORNERimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1572 INSIDE CORNERimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1573 BASE/DRIP

                        image of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1574 BASE/DRIPimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1575 BASE/DRIPimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1576 J TRIM

                        image of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1577 J TRIMimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1578 J TRIMimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 15789 JAMB

                        image of profile picture in metric

                         

                        • Wall, Fascia or Soffit applications
                        • Custom lengths from 0.31m to 6.2m
                        • Excellent colour selection for immediate shipment
                        • Prepainted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel and Zinc
                        • Custom dimensioning also available
                        • Venting available in round or slotted holes
                        • Stiffener ribs available in V-Rib or Bubble Rib
                          Maximum length: V-Rib: 3.7m, Bubble Rib: 3.1m
                        • Available in 26 ga. and 24 ga.
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy Soffit installation – secure with screws or nails to underside of overhang

                         


                        V-Rib and Bubble Rib Stiffeners

                        image of decorative metal panels - V-Rib and Bubble Rib Stiffeners


                        Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75

                        image of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1571 OUTSIDE CORNERimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1572 INSIDE CORNERimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1573 BASE/DRIP

                        image of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1574 BASE/DRIPimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1575 BASE/DRIPimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1576 J TRIM

                        image of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1577 J TRIMimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1578 J TRIMimage of decorative metal panels - Flashings and Trims F-10/P-75 - 1579 JAMB

                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits
                        image of ICI Soffits

                        Product Sheet

                        ICI Soffits

                        Easy to handle and install with multiple products to choose from (including custom flat panels), Agway’s ICI soffit panels are available in custom lengths and a full choice of stock or custom colours and finishes.


                         

                        • Multiple products to choose from including custom flat panels
                        • Full choice of any stock or custom colour
                        • Plain or Pre-painted Steel, Aluminum, Copper, Stainless Steel, Rheinzink and Indaten
                        • Pre-cut to required length – no field cutting
                        • Attractive appearance
                        • Easy installation – Exposed or Hidden fastener profiles available
                        • Perforated or Non-Perforated available

                         

                        image of ICI Soffits - Flat Lock     image of ICI Soffits - Stratus     image of ICI Soffits - 7/8" Corrugated

                        image of ICI Soffits - HF-8NF     image of ICI Soffits - HF-12NF

                        Measurement Type


                        image of Standard Flashings ICI
                        image of Standard Flashings ICI

                        Product Sheet

                        Standard Flashings ICI

                        If there is a shape of flashing you need, we can bend it. Agway offers everything required in flashings and trims to complete your industrial and/or commercial building installation. From Outside Corners to Jambs & Coping Flashing, Agway has it all.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        A SERIES 5/8 in

                        CH5-32, CH6-32
                        CH5-32 schematic
                        CH6-32 schematic
                        Lo-Rib
                        Lo rib schematic
                        Stratus
                        stratus schematic
                        Ultima
                        ultima schematic

                        B SERIES 1 in

                        Diamond Rib
                        diamond rib schematic
                        7/8″ Corrugated
                        7/8" corrugated schematic

                        C SERIES 1 5/8 in

                        HF Series
                        Hf series schematic
                        HV Series
                        HV series schematic
                        6-150, 7-150
                        6-150F schematic
                        7-150F schematic
                        4-150, 3-150
                        4-150 schematic
                        3-150 schematic
                        RD-36
                        RD-36 schematic

                        D SERIES 1 7/8 in

                        7-175, 8-175
                        7-175 schematic
                        8-175 schematic

                        E SERIES 3 1/8 in

                        2-300
                        2-300 schematic
                        3-300
                        3-300 schematic
                        4-300
                        4-300 schematic

                        Typical Flashings

                        OUTSIDE CORNERS

                        outside corner schematic 1 outside corners schematic 2
                        outside corners schematic 3 outside corners schematic 4
                        outside corners schematic 5

                        INSIDE CORNERS

                        inside corners schematic 1 inside corners schematic 2
                        inside corners schematic 3

                        J-TRIMS

                        j-trims schematic 1 j-trims schematic 2
                        j-trims schematic 3

                        BASE TRIMS

                        base trims schematic 1 base trims schematic 2
                        base trims schematic 3

                        DRIPS

                        drips schematic 1 drips schematic 2
                        drips schematic 3 drips schematic 4
                        drips schematic 5 drips schematic 6

                        DIVIDERS

                        dividers schematic 1 dividers schematic 2

                        TOP CLOSURES

                        top closures schematic 1

                        JAMBS

                        jambs schematic 1 jambs schematic 2

                        jambs schematic 3 jambs schematic 4

                        jambs schematic 5 jambs schematic 6

                        HIDDEN FASTENERS

                        hidden fasterners schematic 1 hidden fasterners schematic 2
                        hidden fasterners schematic 3 hidden fasterners schematic 4

                        WINDOW SILLS

                        window sills schematic 1 window sills schematic 2

                        A SERIES 16 mm

                        CH5-32, CH6-32
                        Ch5-32 schematic
                        CH6-32 schematic
                        Lo-Rib
                        lo-rib schematic
                        Stratus
                        stratus schematic
                        Ultima
                        ultima schematic

                        B SERIES 25 mm

                        Diamond Rib
                        diamond rib schematic
                        7/8″ Corrugated
                        7/8" corrugated schematic

                        C SERIES 41 mm

                        HF Series
                        HF series schematic
                        HV Series
                        HV series schematic
                        6-150, 7-150
                        6-150 schematic
                        7-150 schematic
                        4-150, 3-150
                        4-150 schematic
                        3-150 schematic
                        RD-36
                        RD-36 schematic

                        D SERIES 48 mm

                        7-175, 8-175
                        7-175 schematic
                        8-175 schematic

                        E SERIES 79 mm

                        2-300
                        2-300 schematic
                        3-300
                        3-300 schematic
                        4-300
                        4-300 schematic

                        Typical Flashings

                        OUTSIDE CORNERS

                        outside corners schematic 1 outside corners schematic 2
                        outside corners schematic 3 outside corners schematic 4
                        outside corners schematic 5

                        INSIDE CORNERS

                        inside corners schematic 1 inside corners schematic 2
                        inside corners schematic 3

                        J-TRIMS

                        j-trims schematic 1 j-trims schematic 2
                        j-trims schematic 3

                        BASE TRIMS

                        base trims schematic 1 base trims schematic 2
                        base trims schematic 3

                        DRIPS

                        drips schematic 1 drips schematic 2
                        drips schematic 3 drips schematic 4
                        drips schematic 5 drips schematic 6

                        DIVIDERS

                        dividers schematic 1 dividers schematic 2

                        TOP CLOSURES

                        top closures schematic 1

                        JAMBS

                        jambs schematic 1 jambs schematic 2

                        jambs schematic 3 jambs schematic 4

                        jambs schematic 5 jambs schematic 6

                        HIDDEN FASTENERS

                        hidden fasteners schematic 1 hidden fasteners schematic 2
                        hidden fasteners schematic 3 hidden fasteners schematic 4

                        WINDOW SILLS

                        window sills schematic 1 window sills schematic 2

                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150
                        image of 7-150

                        7-150

                        An Exposed Fastener System, the 7-150 profile demonstrates the versatility of Agway profile designs as it can be used as a roof or wall cladding. Moreover, its load bearing capabilities enable 7-150 system components to function as a structural members. An economical system that’s very easy to install have made 7-150 a popular choice for industrial and commercial applications.

                        Agway 7-150 comes in a full range of stock colours, with colour matched fasteners, trims and accessories.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 20 10 780 36
                        26 20 10 780 30
                        26 20 10 780 24
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 20 254 19.81 914
                        26 20 254 19.81 780
                        26 20 254 19.81 610

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.04 33 0.0940 0.0888 0.0985
                        0.024 1.36 33 0.136 0.127 0.132
                        0.030 1.69 33 0.175 0.162 0.165
                        0.036 2.02 33 0.208 0.198 0.197
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 5.06 230 5.05 4.77 0.134
                        0.610 6.66 230 7.28 6.82 0.180
                        0.762 8.25 230 9.38 8.73 0.225
                        0.914 9.85 230 11.2 10.7 0.270
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150
                        image of 6-150

                        6-150

                        Widely used in industrial and commercial building applications, Agway 6-150 is the most widely used of our Exposed Fastener Series. Panels are available in 24″, 30” and 36” coverage, in a variety of thicknesses and finishes.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        7. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 20 10 780 36
                        26 20 10 780 30
                        26 20 10 780 24
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        26 20 254 19.81 914
                        26 20 254 19.81 780
                        26 20 254 19.81 610

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.018 1.04 33 0.0888 0.0940 0.0796
                        0.024 1.36 33 0.127 0.136 0.119
                        0.030 1.69 33 0.162 0.175 0.157
                        0.036 2.02 33 0.198 0.208 0.194
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.457 5.06 230 4.77 5.06 0.108
                        0.610 6.66 230 6.82 7.28 0.162
                        0.762 8.25 230 8.73 9.38 0.214
                        0.914 9.85 230 10.7 11.2 0.265
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6
                        image of HF-6

                        HF-6

                        Featuring all of the benefits of Agway’s celebrated Hidden Fastener system, the HF-6 profile provides a 12” wide panel with a 6” return and delivers a very distinctive and unique overall appearance, with ultra sleek lines. Ideal for any institutional, industrial or commercial application.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 10 540 12
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 254 13.72 305

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.87 33 0.0982 0.147 0.122
                        0.036 2.23 33 0.130 0.188 0.159
                        0.048 2.96 33 0.205 0.281 0.241
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.85 230 5.26 7.86 0.166
                        0.914 10.6 230 6.98 10.1 0.216
                        1.22 14.2 230 11.0 15.1 0.328
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8
                        image of HF-8

                        HF-8

                        Featuring all of the benefits of Agway’s celebrated Hidden Fastener system, the HF-8 provides a 12” wide panel that includes a 4” return, providing a board and batten appearance that is ideal for any institutional, industrial or commercial applications.

                        Available in a range of gauges and a variety of standard and custom colours, HF-8 enables customers to specify the ideal combination of strength and aesthetics that optimize achievement of all project objectives.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 10 540 12
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 254 13.27 305

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.87 33 0.0975 0.149 0.114
                        0.036 2.23 33 0.130 0.190 0.148
                        0.048 2.96 33 0.206 0.283 0.224
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.85 230 5.23 7.98 0.155
                        0.914 10.6 230 6.96 10.2 0.202
                        1.22 14.2 230 11.0 15.2 0.305
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11
                        image of HF-11

                        HF-11

                        With the introduction of a 1” reveal, the HF-11 profile provides all of the benefits of Agway’s Hidden Fastener series, while delivering the clean, sleek lines of contemporary surfaces popular among architects.

                        Available in a range of gauges and a variety of standard and custom colours, HF-11 enables customers to specify the ideal combination of strength and aesthetics that optimize achievement of all objectives.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 10 540 12
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 254 13.72 305

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.87 33 0.0934 0.145 0.0926
                        0.036 2.23 33 0.125 0.182 0.120
                        0.048 2.96 33 0.198 0.261 0.178
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.85 230 5.00 7.79 0.126
                        0.914 10.6 230 6.67 9.79 0.163
                        1.22 14.2 230 10.6 14.0 0.243
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12
                        image of HF-12

                        HF-12

                        HF-12, a popular choice among architects for a variety of institutional, industrial and commercial applications, is Agway’s most popular Hidden Fastener profile. With no visible fasteners, these 12” panels install easily and deliver the clean, sleek lines of contemporary surfaces,

                        Available in a range of gauges and a variety of standard and custom colours, HF-12 enables customers to specify the ideal combination of strength and aesthetics that optimize achievement of all project objectives.


                        Measurement Type


                        Profile Picture

                        image of profile picture in imperial

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        image of profile picture in metric

                        1. Steel conforms to ASTM A653.
                        2. Section properties are in accordance with CSA-S136-07.
                        3. Values in row “S” are based on strength.
                        4. Values in row “D” are based on a deflection limit of 1/180 of the span.
                        5. Web crippling not included in strength values. See example calculation in notes to designer.
                        6. Oil canning may be present due to thickness and coverage. Oil canning is not a valid reason for rejection of this product.
                        7. Contact the sales department for stocked colours and gauges.
                        8. The load table contained on this data sheet was prepared by Dr. R.M. Schuster P.Eng. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

                        Specifications

                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 10 540 12
                        GAUGE LENGTH COVERAGE
                        MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM
                        22 18 254 13.72 305

                        Section Properties

                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        WEIGHT
                        G90
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        in psf ksi MID SPAN
                        in3
                        SUPPORT
                        in3
                        MID SPAN
                        in4
                        0.030 1.87 33 0.0903 0.132 0.0817
                        0.036 2.23 33 0.120 0.158 0.106
                        0.048 2.96 33 0.184 0.210 0.163
                        BASE STEEL
                        THICKNESS
                        MASS
                        Z275
                        YIELD
                        STRESS
                        SECTION
                        MODULUS
                        DEFLECTION MOMENT
                        OF INERTIA
                        mm kg/m MPa MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        SUPPORT
                        x103mm3
                        MID SPAN
                        x103mm3
                        0.762 8.85 230 4.84 7.10 0..111
                        0.914 10.6 230 6.45 8.50 0.144
                        1.22 14.2 230 9..88 11.3 0.221